]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
eb180587 | 1 | @c Copyright (C) 1988,1989,1992,1993,1994,1995,1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001, |
a0ecd6b1 | 2 | @c 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
889fd92b | 3 | @c This is part of the GCC manual. |
4 | @c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi. | |
5 | ||
6 | @node Target Macros | |
a767736d | 7 | @chapter Target Description Macros and Functions |
889fd92b | 8 | @cindex machine description macros |
9 | @cindex target description macros | |
10 | @cindex macros, target description | |
11 | @cindex @file{tm.h} macros | |
12 | ||
13 | In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description | |
14 | includes a C header file conventionally given the name | |
a767736d | 15 | @file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}. |
16 | The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information | |
17 | about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the | |
18 | @file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to | |
19 | @file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes | |
20 | @file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The | |
7fe22e19 | 21 | source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure |
a767736d | 22 | containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target |
23 | machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions, | |
24 | if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called | |
25 | through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file. | |
889fd92b | 26 | |
27 | @menu | |
7fe22e19 | 28 | * Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable. |
889fd92b | 29 | * Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes. |
8ae77b3c | 30 | * Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}. |
ab5beff9 | 31 | * Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information. |
889fd92b | 32 | * Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data. |
33 | * Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types. | |
e1768e2f | 34 | * Escape Sequences:: Defining the value of target character escape sequences |
889fd92b | 35 | * Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers. |
36 | * Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers. | |
37 | * Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much. | |
38 | * Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros. | |
39 | * Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function. | |
40 | * Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called. | |
41 | * Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands. | |
42 | * Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code. | |
43 | * Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations. | |
747af5e7 | 44 | * Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler. |
889fd92b | 45 | * Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections. |
46 | * PIC:: Macros for position independent code. | |
47 | * Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output. | |
48 | * Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output. | |
badfe841 | 49 | * Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers. |
18862b5a | 50 | * Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions. |
e3c541f0 | 51 | * Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}. |
8d85666f | 52 | * MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it. |
7988d6e2 | 53 | * PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers. |
c1dc02de | 54 | * C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes. |
889fd92b | 55 | * Misc:: Everything else. |
56 | @end menu | |
57 | ||
a767736d | 58 | @node Target Structure |
7fe22e19 | 59 | @section The Global @code{targetm} Variable |
a767736d | 60 | @cindex target hooks |
61 | @cindex target functions | |
62 | ||
57e4bbfb | 63 | @deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm |
64 | The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable | |
a767736d | 65 | which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target |
66 | machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h}; | |
67 | @file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is | |
68 | used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers | |
69 | for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those | |
70 | macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example: | |
71 | @smallexample | |
72 | #include "target.h" | |
73 | #include "target-def.h" | |
74 | ||
75 | /* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */ | |
76 | ||
e3c541f0 | 77 | #undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES |
78 | #define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes | |
a767736d | 79 | |
57e4bbfb | 80 | struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER; |
a767736d | 81 | @end smallexample |
82 | @end deftypevar | |
83 | ||
84 | Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to | |
7fe22e19 | 85 | form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a |
a767736d | 86 | ``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future |
87 | from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the | |
7fe22e19 | 88 | @code{targetm} structure. |
a767736d | 89 | |
889fd92b | 90 | @node Driver |
91 | @section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc} | |
92 | @cindex driver | |
93 | @cindex controlling the compilation driver | |
94 | ||
95 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
96 | You can control the compilation driver. | |
97 | ||
d37d6c0b | 98 | @defmac SWITCH_TAKES_ARG (@var{char}) |
8ae77b3c | 99 | A C expression which determines whether the option @option{-@var{char}} |
889fd92b | 100 | takes arguments. The value should be the number of arguments that |
101 | option takes--zero, for many options. | |
102 | ||
103 | By default, this macro is defined as | |
104 | @code{DEFAULT_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG}, which handles the standard options | |
105 | properly. You need not define @code{SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} unless you | |
106 | wish to add additional options which take arguments. Any redefinition | |
107 | should call @code{DEFAULT_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} and then check for | |
108 | additional options. | |
d37d6c0b | 109 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 110 | |
d37d6c0b | 111 | @defmac WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG (@var{name}) |
8ae77b3c | 112 | A C expression which determines whether the option @option{-@var{name}} |
889fd92b | 113 | takes arguments. The value should be the number of arguments that |
114 | option takes--zero, for many options. This macro rather than | |
115 | @code{SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} is used for multi-character option names. | |
116 | ||
117 | By default, this macro is defined as | |
118 | @code{DEFAULT_WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG}, which handles the standard options | |
119 | properly. You need not define @code{WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} unless you | |
120 | wish to add additional options which take arguments. Any redefinition | |
121 | should call @code{DEFAULT_WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} and then check for | |
122 | additional options. | |
d37d6c0b | 123 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 124 | |
d37d6c0b | 125 | @defmac SWITCH_CURTAILS_COMPILATION (@var{char}) |
8ae77b3c | 126 | A C expression which determines whether the option @option{-@var{char}} |
42fe96d7 | 127 | stops compilation before the generation of an executable. The value is |
f45856ef | 128 | boolean, nonzero if the option does stop an executable from being |
42fe96d7 | 129 | generated, zero otherwise. |
130 | ||
131 | By default, this macro is defined as | |
132 | @code{DEFAULT_SWITCH_CURTAILS_COMPILATION}, which handles the standard | |
133 | options properly. You need not define | |
134 | @code{SWITCH_CURTAILS_COMPILATION} unless you wish to add additional | |
135 | options which affect the generation of an executable. Any redefinition | |
136 | should call @code{DEFAULT_SWITCH_CURTAILS_COMPILATION} and then check | |
137 | for additional options. | |
d37d6c0b | 138 | @end defmac |
42fe96d7 | 139 | |
d37d6c0b | 140 | @defmac SWITCHES_NEED_SPACES |
889fd92b | 141 | A string-valued C expression which enumerates the options for which |
142 | the linker needs a space between the option and its argument. | |
143 | ||
144 | If this macro is not defined, the default value is @code{""}. | |
d37d6c0b | 145 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 146 | |
d37d6c0b | 147 | @defmac TARGET_OPTION_TRANSLATE_TABLE |
522355d9 | 148 | If defined, a list of pairs of strings, the first of which is a |
149 | potential command line target to the @file{gcc} driver program, and the | |
150 | second of which is a space-separated (tabs and other whitespace are not | |
151 | supported) list of options with which to replace the first option. The | |
152 | target defining this list is responsible for assuring that the results | |
153 | are valid. Replacement options may not be the @code{--opt} style, they | |
154 | must be the @code{-opt} style. It is the intention of this macro to | |
155 | provide a mechanism for substitution that affects the multilibs chosen, | |
156 | such as one option that enables many options, some of which select | |
157 | multilibs. Example nonsensical definition, where @code{-malt-abi}, | |
158 | @code{-EB}, and @code{-mspoo} cause different multilibs to be chosen: | |
159 | ||
b724fad7 | 160 | @smallexample |
522355d9 | 161 | #define TARGET_OPTION_TRANSLATE_TABLE \ |
162 | @{ "-fast", "-march=fast-foo -malt-abi -I/usr/fast-foo" @}, \ | |
163 | @{ "-compat", "-EB -malign=4 -mspoo" @} | |
b724fad7 | 164 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 165 | @end defmac |
522355d9 | 166 | |
d37d6c0b | 167 | @defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS |
73023f49 | 168 | A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable |
169 | initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces. | |
170 | ||
d0faeb9d | 171 | The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading |
172 | default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and | |
173 | choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It | |
174 | applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the | |
175 | options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options | |
176 | using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way. | |
73023f49 | 177 | |
178 | This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target | |
179 | options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so | |
180 | that the other specs are easier to write. | |
181 | ||
182 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 183 | @end defmac |
73023f49 | 184 | |
d37d6c0b | 185 | @defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS |
7dd97ab6 | 186 | A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@: |
187 | @option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer | |
188 | for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the | |
189 | outermost pair of surrounding braces. | |
190 | ||
191 | The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match | |
192 | the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec | |
193 | to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string | |
194 | @samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default | |
195 | everywhere it occurs. | |
196 | ||
197 | The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading | |
198 | default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using | |
199 | the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}. | |
200 | ||
201 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 202 | @end defmac |
7dd97ab6 | 203 | |
d37d6c0b | 204 | @defmac CPP_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 205 | A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to |
0858e3a2 | 206 | pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you |
207 | give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@. | |
889fd92b | 208 | |
209 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 210 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 211 | |
d37d6c0b | 212 | @defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC |
96842e40 | 213 | This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather |
0858e3a2 | 214 | than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of |
96842e40 | 215 | @code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead. |
d37d6c0b | 216 | @end defmac |
96842e40 | 217 | |
d37d6c0b | 218 | @defmac CC1_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 219 | A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to |
f0c54b83 | 220 | pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language |
221 | front ends. | |
e8e57187 | 222 | It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options |
8ae77b3c | 223 | for GCC to pass to front ends. |
889fd92b | 224 | |
225 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 226 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 227 | |
d37d6c0b | 228 | @defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 229 | A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to |
889fd92b | 230 | pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you |
e8e57187 | 231 | give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}. |
889fd92b | 232 | |
233 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
575a7f14 | 234 | Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to |
235 | @code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of | |
0858e3a2 | 236 | CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@. |
d37d6c0b | 237 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 238 | |
d37d6c0b | 239 | @defmac ASM_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 240 | A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to |
889fd92b | 241 | pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options |
e8e57187 | 242 | you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler. |
889fd92b | 243 | See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this. |
244 | ||
245 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 246 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 247 | |
d37d6c0b | 248 | @defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 249 | A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to |
889fd92b | 250 | run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler. |
251 | Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for | |
252 | an example of this. | |
253 | ||
254 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 255 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 256 | |
d37d6c0b | 257 | @defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT |
805e22b2 | 258 | Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler |
259 | an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to | |
260 | read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the | |
261 | output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any | |
262 | @option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file. | |
263 | ||
264 | If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its | |
265 | standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler | |
266 | cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct; | |
267 | see @file{mips.h} for instance. | |
d37d6c0b | 268 | @end defmac |
805e22b2 | 269 | |
d37d6c0b | 270 | @defmac LINK_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 271 | A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to |
889fd92b | 272 | pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you |
e8e57187 | 273 | give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker. |
889fd92b | 274 | |
275 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 276 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 277 | |
d37d6c0b | 278 | @defmac LIB_SPEC |
889fd92b | 279 | Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference |
280 | between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the | |
281 | command given to the linker. | |
282 | ||
283 | If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that | |
284 | loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}. | |
d37d6c0b | 285 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 286 | |
d37d6c0b | 287 | @defmac LIBGCC_SPEC |
e8e57187 | 288 | Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program |
889fd92b | 289 | how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the |
290 | linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after | |
291 | the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}. | |
292 | ||
e8e57187 | 293 | If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that |
8ae77b3c | 294 | passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker. |
d37d6c0b | 295 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 296 | |
ecbfdc87 | 297 | @defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC |
298 | By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the | |
299 | @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is | |
300 | instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a} | |
301 | depending on the values of the command line flags @code{-static}, | |
302 | @code{-shared}, @code{-static-libgcc}, and @code{-shared-libgcc}. On | |
303 | targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define | |
304 | @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the | |
305 | driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command | |
306 | line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified. | |
307 | @end defmac | |
308 | ||
d37d6c0b | 309 | @defmac STARTFILE_SPEC |
889fd92b | 310 | Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The |
311 | difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at | |
312 | the very beginning of the command given to the linker. | |
313 | ||
314 | If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the | |
315 | standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}. | |
d37d6c0b | 316 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 317 | |
d37d6c0b | 318 | @defmac ENDFILE_SPEC |
889fd92b | 319 | Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The |
320 | difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at | |
321 | the very end of the command given to the linker. | |
322 | ||
323 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 324 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 325 | |
d37d6c0b | 326 | @defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC |
d1cac662 | 327 | GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use. |
328 | However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread | |
329 | models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define | |
330 | @code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without | |
331 | blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the | |
332 | default value of this macro, will expand to the value of | |
333 | @code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}. | |
d37d6c0b | 334 | @end defmac |
d1cac662 | 335 | |
d37d6c0b | 336 | @defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC |
894b8fd9 | 337 | Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is |
338 | configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib, | |
339 | et al, within sysroot+suffix. | |
d37d6c0b | 340 | @end defmac |
4ea70922 | 341 | |
d37d6c0b | 342 | @defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC |
894b8fd9 | 343 | Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when |
344 | GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the | |
20820693 | 345 | updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for |
4ea70922 | 346 | usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix. |
d37d6c0b | 347 | @end defmac |
4ea70922 | 348 | |
d37d6c0b | 349 | @defmac EXTRA_SPECS |
889fd92b | 350 | Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the |
351 | @file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like | |
352 | @code{CC1_SPEC}. | |
353 | ||
354 | The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures, | |
355 | containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a | |
356 | string constant that provides the specification. | |
357 | ||
358 | Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. | |
359 | ||
360 | @code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several | |
8ae77b3c | 361 | related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar |
889fd92b | 362 | to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep |
363 | these definitions. | |
364 | ||
365 | For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to | |
366 | define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is | |
367 | used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is | |
368 | used. | |
369 | ||
370 | The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines: | |
371 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 372 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 373 | #define EXTRA_SPECS \ |
374 | @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @}, | |
375 | ||
376 | #define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT "" | |
a0ecd6b1 | 377 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 378 | |
379 | The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines: | |
380 | @smallexample | |
381 | #undef CPP_SPEC | |
382 | #define CPP_SPEC \ | |
383 | "%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \ | |
82aa4d68 | 384 | %@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \ |
385 | %@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \ | |
889fd92b | 386 | %@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}" |
387 | ||
388 | #undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT | |
389 | #define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV" | |
390 | @end smallexample | |
391 | ||
392 | while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines | |
393 | @code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as: | |
394 | ||
395 | @smallexample | |
396 | #undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT | |
397 | #define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX" | |
398 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 399 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 400 | |
d37d6c0b | 401 | @defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL |
889fd92b | 402 | Define this macro if the driver program should find the library |
8ae77b3c | 403 | @file{libgcc.a} itself and should not pass @option{-L} options to the |
889fd92b | 404 | linker. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass |
8ae77b3c | 405 | the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search and will |
406 | pass @option{-L} options to it. | |
d37d6c0b | 407 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 408 | |
d37d6c0b | 409 | @defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1 |
889fd92b | 410 | Define this macro if the driver program should find the library |
411 | @file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass | |
8ae77b3c | 412 | the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search. |
889fd92b | 413 | This macro is similar to @code{LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL}, except that it does |
8ae77b3c | 414 | not affect @option{-L} options. |
d37d6c0b | 415 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 416 | |
d37d6c0b | 417 | @defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC |
da98d114 | 418 | The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker. |
419 | By default this is @code{%G %L %G}. | |
d37d6c0b | 420 | @end defmac |
da98d114 | 421 | |
d37d6c0b | 422 | @defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC |
9e042f31 | 423 | A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the |
424 | linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a | |
425 | change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}. Therefore, | |
426 | define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command | |
427 | line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish | |
da98d114 | 428 | the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding |
429 | @code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead. | |
d37d6c0b | 430 | @end defmac |
9e042f31 | 431 | |
d37d6c0b | 432 | @defmac LINK_ELIMINATE_DUPLICATE_LDIRECTORIES |
01d15dc5 | 433 | A nonzero value causes @command{collect2} to remove duplicate @option{-L@var{directory}} search |
8ae48c7c | 434 | directories from linking commands. Do not give it a nonzero value if |
435 | removing duplicate search directories changes the linker's semantics. | |
d37d6c0b | 436 | @end defmac |
8ae48c7c | 437 | |
d37d6c0b | 438 | @defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS |
889fd92b | 439 | Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of |
440 | string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this | |
441 | target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using | |
442 | @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}. | |
443 | ||
444 | Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in | |
445 | the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in | |
446 | @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default. | |
447 | @xref{Target Fragment}. | |
d37d6c0b | 448 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 449 | |
d37d6c0b | 450 | @defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR |
228c76d8 | 451 | Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate |
8ae77b3c | 452 | a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix |
889fd92b | 453 | indicates an absolute file name. |
d37d6c0b | 454 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 455 | |
d37d6c0b | 456 | @defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX |
889fd92b | 457 | If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after |
458 | @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched | |
8ae77b3c | 459 | when the @option{-b} option is used, or the compiler is built as a cross |
3fa75b2d | 460 | compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it |
461 | to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.in}. | |
d37d6c0b | 462 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 463 | |
d37d6c0b | 464 | @defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX |
889fd92b | 465 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the |
1fbb4a86 | 466 | standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to |
889fd92b | 467 | try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}. |
1fbb4a86 | 468 | @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler |
469 | is built as a cross compiler. | |
d37d6c0b | 470 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 471 | |
3c2ba0de | 472 | @defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 |
473 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the | |
474 | standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix | |
475 | when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}. | |
476 | @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler | |
477 | is built as a cross compiler. | |
478 | @end defmac | |
479 | ||
480 | @defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 | |
481 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the | |
482 | standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the | |
483 | default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}. | |
484 | @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler | |
485 | is built as a cross compiler. | |
486 | @end defmac | |
487 | ||
d37d6c0b | 488 | @defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX |
889fd92b | 489 | If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the |
490 | standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the | |
8ae77b3c | 491 | @option{-b} option is used, or when the compiler is built as a cross |
889fd92b | 492 | compiler. |
d37d6c0b | 493 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 494 | |
d37d6c0b | 495 | @defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 |
889fd92b | 496 | If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the |
8ae77b3c | 497 | standard prefixes. It is not searched when the @option{-b} option is |
889fd92b | 498 | used, or when the compiler is built as a cross compiler. |
d37d6c0b | 499 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 500 | |
d37d6c0b | 501 | @defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT |
0dbd1c74 | 502 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment |
889fd92b | 503 | variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and |
504 | loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to | |
505 | initialize the necessary environment variables. | |
d37d6c0b | 506 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 507 | |
d37d6c0b | 508 | @defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR |
889fd92b | 509 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the |
510 | standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to | |
511 | try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR} | |
512 | comes before @code{SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR} in the search order. | |
513 | ||
747af5e7 | 514 | Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its |
515 | replacement. | |
d37d6c0b | 516 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 517 | |
d37d6c0b | 518 | @defmac MODIFY_TARGET_NAME |
519 | Define this macro if you wish to define command-line switches that | |
520 | modify the default target name. | |
d2537617 | 521 | |
522 | For each switch, you can include a string to be appended to the first | |
523 | part of the configuration name or a string to be deleted from the | |
524 | configuration name, if present. The definition should be an initializer | |
525 | for an array of structures. Each array element should have three | |
526 | elements: the switch name (a string constant, including the initial | |
527 | dash), one of the enumeration codes @code{ADD} or @code{DELETE} to | |
528 | indicate whether the string should be inserted or deleted, and the string | |
529 | to be inserted or deleted (a string constant). | |
530 | ||
531 | For example, on a machine where @samp{64} at the end of the | |
8ae77b3c | 532 | configuration name denotes a 64-bit target and you want the @option{-32} |
533 | and @option{-64} switches to select between 32- and 64-bit targets, you would | |
d2537617 | 534 | code |
535 | ||
536 | @smallexample | |
537 | #define MODIFY_TARGET_NAME \ | |
538 | @{ @{ "-32", DELETE, "64"@}, \ | |
539 | @{"-64", ADD, "64"@}@} | |
540 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 541 | @end defmac |
d2537617 | 542 | |
d37d6c0b | 543 | @defmac SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR |
889fd92b | 544 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to specify a |
545 | system-specific directory to search for header files before the standard | |
546 | directory. @code{SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR} comes before | |
547 | @code{STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR} in the search order. | |
548 | ||
549 | Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search the directory | |
550 | specified. | |
d37d6c0b | 551 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 552 | |
d37d6c0b | 553 | @defmac STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR |
889fd92b | 554 | Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the |
555 | standard choice of @file{/usr/include} as the default prefix to | |
556 | try when searching for header files. | |
557 | ||
d37d6c0b | 558 | Cross compilers ignore this macro and do not search either |
889fd92b | 559 | @file{/usr/include} or its replacement. |
d37d6c0b | 560 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 561 | |
d37d6c0b | 562 | @defmac STANDARD_INCLUDE_COMPONENT |
0dbd1c74 | 563 | The ``component'' corresponding to @code{STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR}. |
564 | See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components. | |
565 | If you do not define this macro, no component is used. | |
d37d6c0b | 566 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 567 | |
d37d6c0b | 568 | @defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS |
889fd92b | 569 | Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path |
0dbd1c74 | 570 | for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path |
571 | usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}, | |
889fd92b | 572 | @code{SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and |
573 | @code{STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} | |
574 | and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile}, | |
0858e3a2 | 575 | and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory |
889fd92b | 576 | @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs. |
577 | ||
578 | The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures. | |
0dbd1c74 | 579 | Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a |
bf9a4612 | 580 | string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag |
581 | for C++-only directories, | |
0dbd1c74 | 582 | and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be |
583 | wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of | |
584 | the array with a null element. | |
585 | ||
586 | The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of, | |
f613a8c9 | 587 | if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC} |
bf9a4612 | 588 | or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied |
0dbd1c74 | 589 | operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}. |
590 | ||
0dbd1c74 | 591 | For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS: |
889fd92b | 592 | |
a0ecd6b1 | 593 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 594 | #define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \ |
595 | @{ \ | |
0dbd1c74 | 596 | @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \ |
597 | @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \ | |
598 | @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \ | |
599 | @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \ | |
600 | @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \ | |
889fd92b | 601 | @} |
a0ecd6b1 | 602 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 603 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 604 | |
605 | Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files: | |
606 | ||
607 | @enumerate | |
608 | @item | |
8ae77b3c | 609 | Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}. |
889fd92b | 610 | |
611 | @item | |
612 | The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any. | |
613 | ||
614 | @item | |
615 | The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}. | |
616 | ||
617 | @item | |
618 | The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. | |
619 | ||
620 | @item | |
621 | @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}. | |
622 | ||
623 | @item | |
624 | The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any. | |
625 | @end enumerate | |
626 | ||
627 | Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles: | |
628 | ||
629 | @enumerate | |
630 | @item | |
8ae77b3c | 631 | Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}. |
889fd92b | 632 | |
633 | @item | |
634 | The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any. | |
635 | ||
636 | @item | |
637 | The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH} | |
397f1574 | 638 | (or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this). |
889fd92b | 639 | |
640 | @item | |
641 | The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. | |
642 | ||
643 | @item | |
644 | @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}. | |
645 | ||
646 | @item | |
647 | The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any. | |
648 | ||
649 | @item | |
650 | The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if any. | |
651 | ||
652 | @item | |
653 | The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}. | |
654 | ||
655 | @item | |
656 | @file{/lib/}. | |
657 | ||
658 | @item | |
659 | @file{/usr/lib/}. | |
660 | @end enumerate | |
661 | ||
662 | @node Run-time Target | |
663 | @section Run-time Target Specification | |
664 | @cindex run-time target specification | |
665 | @cindex predefined macros | |
666 | @cindex target specifications | |
667 | ||
668 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
669 | Here are run-time target specifications. | |
670 | ||
d37d6c0b | 671 | @defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS () |
36a259fd | 672 | This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines |
673 | built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target cpu, using | |
4fa57f2d | 674 | the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and |
fd6f6435 | 675 | @code{builtin_assert}. When the front end |
36a259fd | 676 | calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has |
677 | finished command line option processing your code can use those | |
678 | results freely. | |
1ed9d5f5 | 679 | |
680 | @code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the | |
681 | command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates | |
abdbd1cf | 682 | the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form |
1ed9d5f5 | 683 | accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro. |
684 | ||
abdbd1cf | 685 | @code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an |
1ed9d5f5 | 686 | object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace, |
abdbd1cf | 687 | @code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it |
1ed9d5f5 | 688 | defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version |
689 | with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original | |
690 | only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For | |
691 | example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__} | |
692 | and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips}, | |
693 | @code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64} | |
694 | defines only @code{_ABI64}. | |
695 | ||
08eedad6 | 696 | You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable |
697 | @code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus} | |
698 | or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing | |
699 | assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like | |
700 | macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want | |
fa2b6990 | 701 | to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the |
5b6d07c4 | 702 | variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro |
703 | @code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional | |
704 | preprocessing. | |
d37d6c0b | 705 | @end defmac |
08eedad6 | 706 | |
d37d6c0b | 707 | @defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS () |
36a259fd | 708 | Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional |
709 | and is used for the target operating system instead. | |
d37d6c0b | 710 | @end defmac |
36a259fd | 711 | |
d37d6c0b | 712 | @defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS () |
6abe46e3 | 713 | Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional |
714 | and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this | |
715 | macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define | |
716 | it yourself. | |
d37d6c0b | 717 | @end defmac |
6abe46e3 | 718 | |
d37d6c0b | 719 | @deftypevar {extern int} target_flags |
889fd92b | 720 | This declaration should be present. |
d37d6c0b | 721 | @end deftypevar |
889fd92b | 722 | |
723 | @cindex optional hardware or system features | |
724 | @cindex features, optional, in system conventions | |
d37d6c0b | 725 | |
726 | @defmac TARGET_@var{featurename} | |
889fd92b | 727 | This series of macros is to allow compiler command arguments to |
728 | enable or disable the use of optional features of the target machine. | |
729 | For example, one machine description serves both the 68000 and | |
730 | the 68020; a command argument tells the compiler whether it should | |
731 | use 68020-only instructions or not. This command argument works | |
732 | by means of a macro @code{TARGET_68020} that tests a bit in | |
733 | @code{target_flags}. | |
734 | ||
735 | Define a macro @code{TARGET_@var{featurename}} for each such option. | |
bf9a4612 | 736 | Its definition should test a bit in @code{target_flags}. It is |
d37d6c0b | 737 | recommended that a helper macro @code{MASK_@var{featurename}} |
bf9a4612 | 738 | is defined for each bit-value to test, and used in |
739 | @code{TARGET_@var{featurename}} and @code{TARGET_SWITCHES}. For | |
740 | example: | |
889fd92b | 741 | |
742 | @smallexample | |
bf9a4612 | 743 | #define TARGET_MASK_68020 1 |
d37d6c0b | 744 | #define TARGET_68020 (target_flags & MASK_68020) |
889fd92b | 745 | @end smallexample |
746 | ||
747 | One place where these macros are used is in the condition-expressions | |
748 | of instruction patterns. Note how @code{TARGET_68020} appears | |
749 | frequently in the 68000 machine description file, @file{m68k.md}. | |
750 | Another place they are used is in the definitions of the other | |
751 | macros in the @file{@var{machine}.h} file. | |
d37d6c0b | 752 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 753 | |
d37d6c0b | 754 | @defmac TARGET_SWITCHES |
889fd92b | 755 | This macro defines names of command options to set and clear |
756 | bits in @code{target_flags}. Its definition is an initializer | |
757 | with a subgrouping for each command option. | |
758 | ||
759 | Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the option | |
8ace789a | 760 | name, a number, which contains the bits to set in |
761 | @code{target_flags}, and a second string which is the description | |
3d288569 | 762 | displayed by @option{--help}. If the number is negative then the bits specified |
8ace789a | 763 | by the number are cleared instead of being set. If the description |
764 | string is present but empty, then no help information will be displayed | |
765 | for that option, but it will not count as an undocumented option. The | |
766 | actual option name is made by appending @samp{-m} to the specified name. | |
3d288569 | 767 | Non-empty description strings should be marked with @code{N_(@dots{})} for |
516726bd | 768 | @command{xgettext}. Please do not mark empty strings because the empty |
769 | string is reserved by GNU gettext. @code{gettext("")} returns the header entry | |
770 | of the message catalog with meta information, not the empty string. | |
771 | ||
772 | In addition to the description for @option{--help}, | |
3d288569 | 773 | more detailed documentation for each option should be added to |
774 | @file{invoke.texi}. | |
889fd92b | 775 | |
776 | One of the subgroupings should have a null string. The number in | |
777 | this grouping is the default value for @code{target_flags}. Any | |
778 | target options act starting with that value. | |
779 | ||
8ae77b3c | 780 | Here is an example which defines @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020} |
889fd92b | 781 | with opposite meanings, and picks the latter as the default: |
782 | ||
783 | @smallexample | |
784 | #define TARGET_SWITCHES \ | |
d37d6c0b | 785 | @{ @{ "68020", MASK_68020, "" @}, \ |
786 | @{ "68000", -MASK_68020, \ | |
3d288569 | 787 | N_("Compile for the 68000") @}, \ |
d37d6c0b | 788 | @{ "", MASK_68020, "" @}, \ |
789 | @} | |
889fd92b | 790 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 791 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 792 | |
d37d6c0b | 793 | @defmac TARGET_OPTIONS |
889fd92b | 794 | This macro is similar to @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} but defines names of command |
795 | options that have values. Its definition is an initializer with a | |
796 | subgrouping for each command option. | |
797 | ||
4d452853 | 798 | Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the option |
799 | name, the address of a variable, a description string, and a value. | |
800 | Non-empty description strings should be marked with @code{N_(@dots{})} | |
801 | for @command{xgettext}. Please do not mark empty strings because the | |
802 | empty string is reserved by GNU gettext. @code{gettext("")} returns the | |
803 | header entry of the message catalog with meta information, not the empty | |
804 | string. | |
805 | ||
806 | If the value listed in the table is @code{NULL}, then the variable, type | |
807 | @code{char *}, is set to the variable part of the given option if the | |
808 | fixed part matches. In other words, if the first part of the option | |
809 | matches what's in the table, the variable will be set to point to the | |
810 | rest of the option. This allows the user to specify a value for that | |
811 | option. The actual option name is made by appending @samp{-m} to the | |
812 | specified name. Again, each option should also be documented in | |
813 | @file{invoke.texi}. | |
516726bd | 814 | |
4d452853 | 815 | If the value listed in the table is non-@code{NULL}, then the option |
816 | must match the option in the table exactly (with @samp{-m}), and the | |
817 | variable is set to point to the value listed in the table. | |
889fd92b | 818 | |
8ae77b3c | 819 | Here is an example which defines @option{-mshort-data-@var{number}}. If the |
820 | given option is @option{-mshort-data-512}, the variable @code{m88k_short_data} | |
889fd92b | 821 | will be set to the string @code{"512"}. |
822 | ||
823 | @smallexample | |
824 | extern char *m88k_short_data; | |
825 | #define TARGET_OPTIONS \ | |
3d288569 | 826 | @{ @{ "short-data-", &m88k_short_data, \ |
4d452853 | 827 | N_("Specify the size of the short data section"), 0 @} @} |
828 | @end smallexample | |
829 | ||
299006ee | 830 | Here is a variant of the above that allows the user to also specify |
4d452853 | 831 | just @option{-mshort-data} where a default of @code{"64"} is used. |
832 | ||
833 | @smallexample | |
834 | extern char *m88k_short_data; | |
835 | #define TARGET_OPTIONS \ | |
836 | @{ @{ "short-data-", &m88k_short_data, \ | |
837 | N_("Specify the size of the short data section"), 0 @} \ | |
838 | @{ "short-data", &m88k_short_data, "", "64" @}, | |
839 | @} | |
840 | @end smallexample | |
841 | ||
842 | Here is an example which defines @option{-mno-alu}, @option{-malu1}, and | |
843 | @option{-malu2} as a three-state switch, along with suitable macros for | |
844 | checking the state of the option (documentation is elided for brevity). | |
845 | ||
846 | @smallexample | |
847 | [chip.c] | |
848 | char *chip_alu = ""; /* Specify default here. */ | |
849 | ||
850 | [chip.h] | |
851 | extern char *chip_alu; | |
852 | #define TARGET_OPTIONS \ | |
853 | @{ @{ "no-alu", &chip_alu, "", "" @}, \ | |
854 | @{ "alu1", &chip_alu, "", "1" @}, \ | |
855 | @{ "alu2", &chip_alu, "", "2" @}, @} | |
856 | #define TARGET_ALU (chip_alu[0] != '\0') | |
857 | #define TARGET_ALU1 (chip_alu[0] == '1') | |
858 | #define TARGET_ALU2 (chip_alu[0] == '2') | |
889fd92b | 859 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 860 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 861 | |
d37d6c0b | 862 | @defmac TARGET_VERSION |
889fd92b | 863 | This macro is a C statement to print on @code{stderr} a string |
864 | describing the particular machine description choice. Every machine | |
865 | description should define @code{TARGET_VERSION}. For example: | |
866 | ||
867 | @smallexample | |
868 | #ifdef MOTOROLA | |
869 | #define TARGET_VERSION \ | |
870 | fprintf (stderr, " (68k, Motorola syntax)"); | |
871 | #else | |
872 | #define TARGET_VERSION \ | |
873 | fprintf (stderr, " (68k, MIT syntax)"); | |
874 | #endif | |
875 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 876 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 877 | |
d37d6c0b | 878 | @defmac OVERRIDE_OPTIONS |
889fd92b | 879 | Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on |
880 | a particular target machine. You can define a macro | |
881 | @code{OVERRIDE_OPTIONS} to take account of this. This macro, if | |
882 | defined, is executed once just after all the command options have been | |
883 | parsed. | |
884 | ||
885 | Don't use this macro to turn on various extra optimizations for | |
8ae77b3c | 886 | @option{-O}. That is what @code{OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS} is for. |
d37d6c0b | 887 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 888 | |
d37d6c0b | 889 | @defmac OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS (@var{level}, @var{size}) |
889fd92b | 890 | Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for |
891 | various optimization levels. This macro, if defined, is executed once | |
892 | just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder | |
893 | of the command options have been parsed. Values set in this macro are | |
894 | used as the default values for the other command line options. | |
895 | ||
8ae77b3c | 896 | @var{level} is the optimization level specified; 2 if @option{-O2} is |
897 | specified, 1 if @option{-O} is specified, and 0 if neither is specified. | |
889fd92b | 898 | |
f45856ef | 899 | @var{size} is nonzero if @option{-Os} is specified and zero otherwise. |
57361983 | 900 | |
889fd92b | 901 | You should not use this macro to change options that are not |
902 | machine-specific. These should uniformly selected by the same | |
903 | optimization level on all supported machines. Use this macro to enable | |
904 | machine-specific optimizations. | |
905 | ||
906 | @strong{Do not examine @code{write_symbols} in | |
907 | this macro!} The debugging options are not supposed to alter the | |
908 | generated code. | |
d37d6c0b | 909 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 910 | |
d37d6c0b | 911 | @defmac CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP |
889fd92b | 912 | Define this macro if debugging can be performed even without a frame |
e8e57187 | 913 | pointer. If this macro is defined, GCC will turn on the |
8ae77b3c | 914 | @option{-fomit-frame-pointer} option whenever @option{-O} is specified. |
d37d6c0b | 915 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 916 | |
ab5beff9 | 917 | @node Per-Function Data |
918 | @section Defining data structures for per-function information. | |
919 | @cindex per-function data | |
920 | @cindex data structures | |
921 | ||
922 | If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC | |
923 | provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just | |
924 | using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports | |
925 | nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function | |
926 | when another one comes along. | |
927 | ||
928 | GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which | |
929 | contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This | |
930 | structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is | |
931 | @code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point | |
932 | to their own specific data. | |
933 | ||
934 | If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type | |
1f3233d1 | 935 | @code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}. |
936 | This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer | |
937 | @code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below. | |
ab5beff9 | 938 | |
939 | One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an | |
940 | RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This | |
941 | RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address} | |
942 | function, for level 0. | |
943 | ||
70c2c81c | 944 | Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold |
ab5beff9 | 945 | all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested |
946 | function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a | |
947 | stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the | |
948 | stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called | |
3b0848a2 | 949 | @code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle |
ab5beff9 | 950 | the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the |
951 | single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no | |
952 | longer supported. | |
953 | ||
d37d6c0b | 954 | @defmac INIT_EXPANDERS |
18566b13 | 955 | Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro |
ab5beff9 | 956 | is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun. |
18566b13 | 957 | The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the |
d37d6c0b | 958 | function pointer @code{init_machine_status}. |
959 | @end defmac | |
ab5beff9 | 960 | |
d37d6c0b | 961 | @deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status |
962 | If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per | |
963 | function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the | |
964 | target to perform any target specific initialization of the | |
965 | @code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be | |
966 | used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure. | |
ab5beff9 | 967 | |
1f3233d1 | 968 | @code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC. |
969 | Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using | |
970 | @code{ggc_alloc}, including the structure itself. | |
d37d6c0b | 971 | @end deftypevar |
ab5beff9 | 972 | |
889fd92b | 973 | @node Storage Layout |
974 | @section Storage Layout | |
975 | @cindex storage layout | |
976 | ||
977 | Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or | |
978 | alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C | |
979 | expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}. | |
980 | @xref{Run-time Target}. | |
981 | ||
d37d6c0b | 982 | @defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN |
889fd92b | 983 | Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a |
984 | byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero. | |
985 | This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant | |
986 | bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still | |
987 | be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This | |
988 | macro need not be a constant. | |
989 | ||
990 | This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into | |
991 | bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}. | |
d37d6c0b | 992 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 993 | |
d37d6c0b | 994 | @defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN |
889fd92b | 995 | Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a |
996 | word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant. | |
d37d6c0b | 997 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 998 | |
d37d6c0b | 999 | @defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN |
889fd92b | 1000 | Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the |
1001 | most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both | |
e8e57187 | 1002 | memory locations and registers; GCC fundamentally assumes that the |
889fd92b | 1003 | order of words in memory is the same as the order in registers. This |
1004 | macro need not be a constant. | |
d37d6c0b | 1005 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1006 | |
d37d6c0b | 1007 | @defmac LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN |
70c2c81c | 1008 | Define this macro if @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} is not constant. This must be a |
1009 | constant value with the same meaning as @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN}, which will be | |
1010 | used only when compiling @file{libgcc2.c}. Typically the value will be set | |
889fd92b | 1011 | based on preprocessor defines. |
d37d6c0b | 1012 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1013 | |
d37d6c0b | 1014 | @defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN |
889fd92b | 1015 | Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or |
1016 | @code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word | |
1017 | containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to | |
1018 | have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant. | |
1019 | ||
1020 | You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for | |
1021 | multi-word integers. | |
d37d6c0b | 1022 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1023 | |
d37d6c0b | 1024 | @defmac BITS_PER_UNIT |
889fd92b | 1025 | Define this macro to be the number of bits in an addressable storage |
adb7ce73 | 1026 | unit (byte). If you do not define this macro the default is 8. |
d37d6c0b | 1027 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1028 | |
d37d6c0b | 1029 | @defmac BITS_PER_WORD |
6852ad78 | 1030 | Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default |
1031 | is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1032 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1033 | |
d37d6c0b | 1034 | @defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD |
889fd92b | 1035 | Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is |
1036 | @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the | |
1037 | largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time. | |
d37d6c0b | 1038 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1039 | |
d37d6c0b | 1040 | @defmac UNITS_PER_WORD |
889fd92b | 1041 | Number of storage units in a word; normally 4. |
d37d6c0b | 1042 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1043 | |
d37d6c0b | 1044 | @defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD |
889fd92b | 1045 | Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is |
1046 | @code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the | |
1047 | smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time. | |
d37d6c0b | 1048 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1049 | |
d37d6c0b | 1050 | @defmac POINTER_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1051 | Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the |
1052 | width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode}, | |
3cf24182 | 1053 | you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify |
1054 | a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1055 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1056 | |
d37d6c0b | 1057 | @defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
3cc092f7 | 1058 | A C expression whose value is greater than zero if pointers that need to be |
c5aa1e92 | 1059 | extended from being @code{POINTER_SIZE} bits wide to @code{Pmode} are to |
3cc092f7 | 1060 | be zero-extended and zero if they are to be sign-extended. If the value |
1061 | is less then zero then there must be an "ptr_extend" instruction that | |
1062 | extends a pointer from @code{POINTER_SIZE} to @code{Pmode}. | |
889fd92b | 1063 | |
1064 | You need not define this macro if the @code{POINTER_SIZE} is equal | |
1065 | to the width of @code{Pmode}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1066 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1067 | |
d37d6c0b | 1068 | @defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type}) |
889fd92b | 1069 | A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type |
1070 | is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be | |
1071 | stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a | |
1072 | scalar type. | |
1073 | ||
1074 | On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full | |
1075 | register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if | |
1076 | @var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most | |
1077 | cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision | |
1078 | floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower | |
1079 | counterparts. | |
1080 | ||
1081 | For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}. | |
1082 | However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle | |
1083 | either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on | |
1084 | the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions | |
1085 | sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set | |
1086 | @var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient. | |
1087 | ||
1088 | Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1089 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1090 | |
19347327 | 1091 | @defmac PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE |
1092 | Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but is applied to outgoing function arguments or | |
1093 | function return values, as specified by @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS} | |
1094 | and @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN}, respectively. | |
1095 | ||
1096 | The default is @code{PROMOTE_MODE}. | |
1097 | @end defmac | |
1098 | ||
45550790 | 1099 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS (tree @var{fntype}) |
1100 | This target hook should return @code{true} if the promotion described by | |
19347327 | 1101 | @code{PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE} should be done for outgoing function |
1102 | arguments. | |
45550790 | 1103 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 1104 | |
45550790 | 1105 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN (tree @var{fntype}) |
1106 | This target hook should return @code{true} if the promotion described by | |
19347327 | 1107 | @code{PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE} should be done for the return value of |
45550790 | 1108 | functions. |
889fd92b | 1109 | |
45550790 | 1110 | If this target hook returns @code{true}, @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} must |
19347327 | 1111 | perform the same promotions done by @code{PROMOTE_FUNCTON_MODE}. |
45550790 | 1112 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 1113 | |
d37d6c0b | 1114 | @defmac PARM_BOUNDARY |
889fd92b | 1115 | Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in |
1116 | bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment | |
1117 | regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the | |
1118 | size of an integer. | |
d37d6c0b | 1119 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1120 | |
d37d6c0b | 1121 | @defmac STACK_BOUNDARY |
9dc9d0d3 | 1122 | Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the |
1123 | stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the | |
1124 | desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default | |
1125 | if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines, | |
1126 | this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1127 | @end defmac |
dfb1ee39 | 1128 | |
d37d6c0b | 1129 | @defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY |
9dc9d0d3 | 1130 | Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the |
1131 | stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition | |
1132 | is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This | |
1133 | macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than | |
1134 | @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1135 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1136 | |
d37d6c0b | 1137 | @defmac FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN |
3ca5a306 | 1138 | A C expression that evaluates true if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is |
1139 | not guaranteed by the runtime and we should emit code to align the stack | |
1140 | at the beginning of @code{main}. | |
1141 | ||
dfb1ee39 | 1142 | @cindex @code{PUSH_ROUNDING}, interaction with @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} |
889fd92b | 1143 | If @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} is not defined, the stack will always be aligned |
dfb1ee39 | 1144 | to the specified boundary. If @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} is defined and specifies |
1145 | a less strict alignment than @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, the stack may | |
1146 | be momentarily unaligned while pushing arguments. | |
d37d6c0b | 1147 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1148 | |
d37d6c0b | 1149 | @defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY |
889fd92b | 1150 | Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits. |
d37d6c0b | 1151 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1152 | |
d37d6c0b | 1153 | @defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT |
889fd92b | 1154 | Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in bits. |
d37d6c0b | 1155 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1156 | |
d37d6c0b | 1157 | @defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT |
071cd279 | 1158 | If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an |
1159 | object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any | |
1160 | nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger | |
1161 | on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations. | |
d37d6c0b | 1162 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 1163 | |
d37d6c0b | 1164 | @defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT |
aca14577 | 1165 | Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this |
1166 | machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for | |
1167 | structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set | |
1168 | by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. | |
d37d6c0b | 1169 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1170 | |
d37d6c0b | 1171 | @defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{computed}) |
889fd92b | 1172 | An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} if the |
77d0f168 | 1173 | alignment computed in the usual way (including applying of |
1174 | @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the | |
1175 | alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the | |
1176 | field alignment has not been set by the | |
1177 | @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. | |
d37d6c0b | 1178 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1179 | |
d37d6c0b | 1180 | @defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT |
889fd92b | 1181 | Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine. |
1182 | Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the | |
1183 | @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. If not defined, | |
1184 | the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1185 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1186 | |
d37d6c0b | 1187 | @defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align}) |
bac628bc | 1188 | If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in |
e13a110e | 1189 | the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is |
1190 | the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this | |
889fd92b | 1191 | macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object. |
1192 | ||
1193 | If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used. | |
1194 | ||
1195 | @findex strcpy | |
1196 | One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to | |
1197 | make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character | |
1198 | arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy | |
1199 | constants to character arrays can be done inline. | |
d37d6c0b | 1200 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1201 | |
d37d6c0b | 1202 | @defmac CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (@var{constant}, @var{basic-align}) |
889fd92b | 1203 | If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant |
1204 | that is being placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and | |
1205 | @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the object would ordinarily | |
1206 | have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to | |
1207 | align the object. | |
1208 | ||
1209 | If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used. | |
1210 | ||
1211 | The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string | |
1212 | constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy | |
1213 | constants can be done inline. | |
d37d6c0b | 1214 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1215 | |
d37d6c0b | 1216 | @defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align}) |
bac628bc | 1217 | If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in |
9bd87fd2 | 1218 | the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is |
1219 | the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this | |
1220 | macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object. | |
1221 | ||
1222 | If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used. | |
1223 | ||
1224 | One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to | |
1225 | make it all fit in fewer cache lines. | |
d37d6c0b | 1226 | @end defmac |
9bd87fd2 | 1227 | |
d37d6c0b | 1228 | @defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY |
8e5fcce7 | 1229 | Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an |
889fd92b | 1230 | empty field such as @code{int : 0;}. |
1231 | ||
f5712181 | 1232 | If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro. |
d37d6c0b | 1233 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1234 | |
d37d6c0b | 1235 | @defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY |
889fd92b | 1236 | Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of. |
1237 | Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this. | |
1238 | ||
1239 | If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as | |
1240 | @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1241 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1242 | |
d37d6c0b | 1243 | @defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
889fd92b | 1244 | Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work |
1245 | if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely | |
1246 | go slower in that case, define this macro as 0. | |
d37d6c0b | 1247 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1248 | |
d37d6c0b | 1249 | @defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS |
889fd92b | 1250 | Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle |
8e5fcce7 | 1251 | alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them. |
889fd92b | 1252 | |
4975da72 | 1253 | The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int}, |
1254 | @code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire | |
1255 | structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of | |
1256 | that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so | |
1257 | that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it. | |
1258 | ||
1259 | Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as | |
1260 | @code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force | |
1261 | four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may | |
1262 | not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.) | |
1263 | ||
1264 | An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing | |
1265 | structure. | |
889fd92b | 1266 | |
1267 | If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression; | |
1268 | a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior. | |
1269 | ||
1270 | Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some | |
8e5fcce7 | 1271 | bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can |
889fd92b | 1272 | support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and |
1273 | @samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory. | |
1274 | ||
8e5fcce7 | 1275 | The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define |
889fd92b | 1276 | @code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}. |
1277 | Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords. | |
1278 | ||
8e5fcce7 | 1279 | Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define |
889fd92b | 1280 | @code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define |
1281 | @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value. | |
1282 | ||
e8e57187 | 1283 | If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out |
8e5fcce7 | 1284 | bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate |
889fd92b | 1285 | what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program: |
1286 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 1287 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 1288 | struct foo1 |
1289 | @{ | |
1290 | char x; | |
1291 | char :0; | |
1292 | char y; | |
1293 | @}; | |
1294 | ||
1295 | struct foo2 | |
1296 | @{ | |
1297 | char x; | |
1298 | int :0; | |
1299 | char y; | |
1300 | @}; | |
1301 | ||
1302 | main () | |
1303 | @{ | |
1304 | printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n", | |
1305 | sizeof (struct foo1)); | |
1306 | printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n", | |
1307 | sizeof (struct foo2)); | |
1308 | exit (0); | |
1309 | @} | |
a0ecd6b1 | 1310 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 1311 | |
1312 | If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would | |
1313 | get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1314 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1315 | |
d37d6c0b | 1316 | @defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED |
f04f096b | 1317 | Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited |
1318 | to aligning a bit-field within the structure. | |
d37d6c0b | 1319 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1320 | |
25ba5be6 | 1321 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELDS (void) |
1322 | When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine | |
1323 | whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing | |
1324 | structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit | |
1325 | the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type. | |
1326 | @end deftypefn | |
1327 | ||
d37d6c0b | 1328 | @defmac MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK (@var{field}, @var{mode}) |
6c498818 | 1329 | Return 1 if a structure or array containing @var{field} should be accessed using |
bf9a4612 | 1330 | @code{BLKMODE}. |
1331 | ||
24a94ef6 | 1332 | If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its |
1333 | mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the | |
1334 | case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to | |
1335 | retain the field's mode. | |
1336 | ||
bf9a4612 | 1337 | Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{c4x.h} for an example |
1338 | of how to use this macro to prevent a structure having a floating point | |
1339 | field from being accessed in an integer mode. | |
d37d6c0b | 1340 | @end defmac |
bf9a4612 | 1341 | |
d37d6c0b | 1342 | @defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified}) |
10c64b6a | 1343 | Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given |
1344 | by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual | |
1345 | way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was | |
889fd92b | 1346 | @var{specified}. |
1347 | ||
1348 | The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use | |
1349 | the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} | |
d37d6c0b | 1350 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1351 | |
d37d6c0b | 1352 | @defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1353 | An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer |
1354 | machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of | |
1355 | this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the | |
1356 | appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE | |
1357 | (DImode)} is assumed. | |
d37d6c0b | 1358 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1359 | |
d37d6c0b | 1360 | @defmac VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P (@var{mode}) |
e2ea7e3a | 1361 | Define this macro to be nonzero if the port is prepared to handle insns |
1362 | involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it must have move | |
1363 | patterns for this mode. | |
d37d6c0b | 1364 | @end defmac |
e2ea7e3a | 1365 | |
d37d6c0b | 1366 | @defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level}) |
be334077 | 1367 | If defined, an expression of type @code{enum machine_mode} that |
3469a3e2 | 1368 | specifies the mode of the save area operand of a |
1369 | @code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}). | |
1370 | @var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or | |
1371 | @code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is | |
1372 | having its mode specified. | |
be334077 | 1373 | |
1374 | You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You | |
1375 | would most commonly define this macro if the | |
1376 | @code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a | |
1377 | 64-bit mode. | |
d37d6c0b | 1378 | @end defmac |
be334077 | 1379 | |
d37d6c0b | 1380 | @defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE |
3469a3e2 | 1381 | If defined, an expression of type @code{enum machine_mode} that |
1382 | specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an | |
1383 | @code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}). | |
1384 | ||
1385 | You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}. | |
1386 | You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack} | |
1387 | pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode. | |
d37d6c0b | 1388 | @end defmac |
3469a3e2 | 1389 | |
d37d6c0b | 1390 | @defmac TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT |
889fd92b | 1391 | A code distinguishing the floating point format of the target machine. |
d37d6c0b | 1392 | There are four defined values: |
889fd92b | 1393 | |
d37d6c0b | 1394 | @ftable @code |
889fd92b | 1395 | @item IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT |
1396 | This code indicates IEEE floating point. It is the default; there is no | |
d37d6c0b | 1397 | need to define @code{TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT} when the format is IEEE@. |
889fd92b | 1398 | |
889fd92b | 1399 | @item VAX_FLOAT_FORMAT |
a22d2169 | 1400 | This code indicates the ``F float'' (for @code{float}) and ``D float'' |
1401 | or ``G float'' formats (for @code{double}) used on the VAX and PDP-11@. | |
889fd92b | 1402 | |
46150a74 | 1403 | @item IBM_FLOAT_FORMAT |
1404 | This code indicates the format used on the IBM System/370. | |
1405 | ||
46150a74 | 1406 | @item C4X_FLOAT_FORMAT |
1407 | This code indicates the format used on the TMS320C3x/C4x. | |
d37d6c0b | 1408 | @end ftable |
46150a74 | 1409 | |
d37d6c0b | 1410 | If your target uses a floating point format other than these, you must |
1411 | define a new @var{name}_FLOAT_FORMAT code for it, and add support for | |
1412 | it to @file{real.c}. | |
889fd92b | 1413 | |
1414 | The ordering of the component words of floating point values stored in | |
531d4872 | 1415 | memory is controlled by @code{FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN}. |
d37d6c0b | 1416 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 1417 | |
d37d6c0b | 1418 | @defmac MODE_HAS_NANS (@var{mode}) |
920d0fb5 | 1419 | When defined, this macro should be true if @var{mode} has a NaN |
1420 | representation. The compiler assumes that NaNs are not equal to | |
1421 | anything (including themselves) and that addition, subtraction, | |
1422 | multiplication and division all return NaNs when one operand is | |
1423 | NaN@. | |
1424 | ||
1425 | By default, this macro is true if @var{mode} is a floating-point | |
1426 | mode and the target floating-point format is IEEE@. | |
d37d6c0b | 1427 | @end defmac |
920d0fb5 | 1428 | |
d37d6c0b | 1429 | @defmac MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (@var{mode}) |
920d0fb5 | 1430 | This macro should be true if @var{mode} can represent infinity. At |
1431 | present, the compiler uses this macro to decide whether @samp{x - x} | |
1432 | is always defined. By default, the macro is true when @var{mode} | |
1433 | is a floating-point mode and the target format is IEEE@. | |
d37d6c0b | 1434 | @end defmac |
920d0fb5 | 1435 | |
d37d6c0b | 1436 | @defmac MODE_HAS_SIGNED_ZEROS (@var{mode}) |
920d0fb5 | 1437 | True if @var{mode} distinguishes between positive and negative zero. |
1438 | The rules are expected to follow the IEEE standard: | |
1439 | ||
1440 | @itemize @bullet | |
1441 | @item | |
1442 | @samp{x + x} has the same sign as @samp{x}. | |
1443 | ||
1444 | @item | |
1445 | If the sum of two values with opposite sign is zero, the result is | |
1446 | positive for all rounding modes expect towards @minus{}infinity, for | |
1447 | which it is negative. | |
1448 | ||
1449 | @item | |
1450 | The sign of a product or quotient is negative when exactly one | |
1451 | of the operands is negative. | |
1452 | @end itemize | |
1453 | ||
1454 | The default definition is true if @var{mode} is a floating-point | |
1455 | mode and the target format is IEEE@. | |
d37d6c0b | 1456 | @end defmac |
920d0fb5 | 1457 | |
d37d6c0b | 1458 | @defmac MODE_HAS_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (@var{mode}) |
920d0fb5 | 1459 | If defined, this macro should be true for @var{mode} if it has at |
1460 | least one rounding mode in which @samp{x} and @samp{-x} can be | |
1461 | rounded to numbers of different magnitude. Two such modes are | |
1462 | towards @minus{}infinity and towards +infinity. | |
1463 | ||
1464 | The default definition of this macro is true if @var{mode} is | |
1465 | a floating-point mode and the target format is IEEE@. | |
d37d6c0b | 1466 | @end defmac |
68d65858 | 1467 | |
d37d6c0b | 1468 | @defmac ROUND_TOWARDS_ZERO |
68d65858 | 1469 | If defined, this macro should be true if the prevailing rounding |
1470 | mode is towards zero. A true value has the following effects: | |
1471 | ||
1472 | @itemize @bullet | |
1473 | @item | |
1474 | @code{MODE_HAS_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING} will be false for all modes. | |
1475 | ||
1476 | @item | |
1477 | @file{libgcc.a}'s floating-point emulator will round towards zero | |
1478 | rather than towards nearest. | |
1479 | ||
1480 | @item | |
1481 | The compiler's floating-point emulator will round towards zero after | |
1482 | doing arithmetic, and when converting from the internal float format to | |
1483 | the target format. | |
1484 | @end itemize | |
1485 | ||
1486 | The macro does not affect the parsing of string literals. When the | |
1487 | primary rounding mode is towards zero, library functions like | |
1488 | @code{strtod} might still round towards nearest, and the compiler's | |
1489 | parser should behave like the target's @code{strtod} where possible. | |
1490 | ||
1491 | Not defining this macro is equivalent to returning zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 1492 | @end defmac |
68d65858 | 1493 | |
d37d6c0b | 1494 | @defmac LARGEST_EXPONENT_IS_NORMAL (@var{size}) |
a22d2169 | 1495 | This macro should return true if floats with @var{size} |
68d65858 | 1496 | bits do not have a NaN or infinity representation, but use the largest |
1497 | exponent for normal numbers instead. | |
1498 | ||
1499 | Defining this macro to true for @var{size} causes @code{MODE_HAS_NANS} | |
1500 | and @code{MODE_HAS_INFINITIES} to be false for @var{size}-bit modes. | |
1501 | It also affects the way @file{libgcc.a} and @file{real.c} emulate | |
1502 | floating-point arithmetic. | |
1503 | ||
1504 | The default definition of this macro returns false for all sizes. | |
d37d6c0b | 1505 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1506 | |
ad92037a | 1507 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_VECTOR_OPAQUE_P (tree @var{type}) |
1508 | This target hook should return @code{true} a vector is opaque. That | |
1509 | is, if no cast is needed when copying a vector value of type | |
1510 | @var{type} into another vector lvalue of the same size. Vector opaque | |
1511 | types cannot be initialized. The default is that there are no such | |
1512 | types. | |
5050b2f7 | 1513 | @end deftypefn |
1514 | ||
f04f096b | 1515 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P (tree @var{record_type}) |
1516 | This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given | |
1517 | @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft | |
1518 | Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage | |
1519 | unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have | |
1520 | different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest | |
1521 | alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous | |
1522 | bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of | |
1523 | the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that | |
1524 | (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows | |
8af8271b | 1525 | another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true}, |
f04f096b | 1526 | other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored. |
8642f3d3 | 1527 | |
1528 | When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size | |
1529 | of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent | |
1530 | bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record, | |
1531 | and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same | |
1532 | chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that | |
1533 | size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using | |
1534 | alignment, but not equivalent when packing. | |
1535 | ||
1536 | If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used, | |
1537 | the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is | |
1538 | used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take | |
1539 | precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure | |
1540 | may affect its placement. | |
f04f096b | 1541 | @end deftypefn |
1542 | ||
333715c2 | 1543 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_MANGLE_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE (tree @var{type}) |
1544 | If your target defines any fundamental types, define this hook to | |
1545 | return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++ | |
1546 | mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure | |
1547 | representing the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees | |
1548 | which are not target-specific fundamental types; it should return | |
1549 | @code{NULL} for all such types, as well as arguments it does not | |
1550 | recognize. If the return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to | |
1551 | a statically-allocated string constant. | |
1552 | ||
1553 | Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or | |
1554 | qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new | |
1555 | fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name} | |
1556 | is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the | |
1557 | length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of | |
1558 | ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where | |
1559 | @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code, | |
1560 | @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the | |
1561 | code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See | |
1562 | @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of | |
1563 | codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any | |
1564 | spaces in your string. | |
1565 | ||
1566 | The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is | |
1567 | appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental | |
1568 | types. | |
1569 | @end deftypefn | |
1570 | ||
889fd92b | 1571 | @node Type Layout |
1572 | @section Layout of Source Language Data Types | |
1573 | ||
1574 | These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard | |
1575 | basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in | |
1576 | the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related | |
1577 | languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout. | |
1578 | ||
d37d6c0b | 1579 | @defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1580 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the |
1581 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. | |
d37d6c0b | 1582 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1583 | |
d37d6c0b | 1584 | @defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1585 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the |
1586 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word. | |
1587 | (If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one | |
1588 | unit.) | |
d37d6c0b | 1589 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1590 | |
d37d6c0b | 1591 | @defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1592 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the |
1593 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. | |
d37d6c0b | 1594 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1595 | |
d37d6c0b | 1596 | @defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE |
cf2d31ab | 1597 | On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type |
1598 | @code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C. In | |
1599 | that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for | |
1600 | the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the | |
1601 | value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1602 | @end defmac |
cf2d31ab | 1603 | |
d37d6c0b | 1604 | @defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1605 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the |
1606 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two | |
b01e21ca | 1607 | words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this |
889fd92b | 1608 | macro must be at least 64. |
d37d6c0b | 1609 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1610 | |
d37d6c0b | 1611 | @defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1612 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the |
79fa2a87 | 1613 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is |
1614 | @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1615 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1616 | |
d37d6c0b | 1617 | @defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE |
2a9f48dd | 1618 | A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and |
1619 | C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define | |
1620 | this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1621 | @end defmac |
46150a74 | 1622 | |
d37d6c0b | 1623 | @defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1624 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the |
1625 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. | |
d37d6c0b | 1626 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1627 | |
d37d6c0b | 1628 | @defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1629 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the |
1630 | target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two | |
1631 | words. | |
d37d6c0b | 1632 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1633 | |
d37d6c0b | 1634 | @defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1635 | A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on |
1636 | the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two | |
1637 | words. | |
d37d6c0b | 1638 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1639 | |
d37d6c0b | 1640 | @defmac TARGET_FLT_EVAL_METHOD |
f3dde807 | 1641 | A C expression for the value for @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} in @file{float.h}, |
1642 | assuming, if applicable, that the floating-point control word is in its | |
1643 | default state. If you do not define this macro the value of | |
1644 | @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} will be zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 1645 | @end defmac |
7ef7be1b | 1646 | |
d37d6c0b | 1647 | @defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE |
0dbd1c74 | 1648 | A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format |
1649 | supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a | |
1650 | value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}. | |
1651 | If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE} | |
1652 | is the default. | |
d37d6c0b | 1653 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 1654 | |
d37d6c0b | 1655 | @defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR |
889fd92b | 1656 | An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type |
1657 | @code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can | |
8ae77b3c | 1658 | always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char} |
1659 | and @option{-funsigned-char}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1660 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1661 | |
bfb835d3 | 1662 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS (void) |
1663 | This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an | |
1664 | @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range | |
1665 | of possible values of that type. It should return false if all | |
d5871f40 | 1666 | @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}. |
1667 | ||
bfb835d3 | 1668 | The default is to return false. |
1669 | @end deftypefn | |
d5871f40 | 1670 | |
d37d6c0b | 1671 | @defmac SIZE_TYPE |
889fd92b | 1672 | A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use |
1673 | for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the | |
1674 | contents of the string. | |
1675 | ||
1676 | The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with | |
1677 | spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if | |
1678 | appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one | |
1679 | of the data type names defined in the function | |
1680 | @code{init_decl_processing} in the file @file{c-decl.c}. You may not | |
1681 | omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the compiler to | |
1682 | crash on startup. | |
1683 | ||
1684 | If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned | |
1685 | int"}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1686 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1687 | |
d37d6c0b | 1688 | @defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE |
889fd92b | 1689 | A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use |
1690 | for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name | |
1691 | @code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See | |
1692 | @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. | |
1693 | ||
1694 | If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1695 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1696 | |
d37d6c0b | 1697 | @defmac WCHAR_TYPE |
889fd92b | 1698 | A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use |
1699 | for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using | |
1700 | the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more | |
1701 | information. | |
1702 | ||
1703 | If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1704 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1705 | |
d37d6c0b | 1706 | @defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 1707 | A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide |
1708 | characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of | |
1709 | @code{WCHAR_TYPE}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1710 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1711 | |
d37d6c0b | 1712 | @defmac WINT_TYPE |
c239e8c5 | 1713 | A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to |
1714 | use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from | |
1715 | @code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the | |
1716 | contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more | |
1717 | information. | |
1718 | ||
1719 | If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1720 | @end defmac |
c239e8c5 | 1721 | |
d37d6c0b | 1722 | @defmac INTMAX_TYPE |
e3fff6f2 | 1723 | A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that |
1724 | can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type. | |
1725 | The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the | |
1726 | string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. | |
1727 | ||
1728 | If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of | |
1729 | @code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as | |
1730 | much precision as @code{long long int}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1731 | @end defmac |
e3fff6f2 | 1732 | |
d37d6c0b | 1733 | @defmac UINTMAX_TYPE |
e3fff6f2 | 1734 | A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that |
1735 | can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer | |
1736 | type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents | |
1737 | of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. | |
1738 | ||
1739 | If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of | |
1740 | @code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long | |
1741 | unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned | |
1742 | int}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1743 | @end defmac |
e3fff6f2 | 1744 | |
d37d6c0b | 1745 | @defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION |
3aba38cc | 1746 | The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct |
1747 | that looks like: | |
1748 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 1749 | @smallexample |
3aba38cc | 1750 | struct @{ |
1751 | union @{ | |
1752 | void (*fn)(); | |
1753 | ptrdiff_t vtable_index; | |
1754 | @}; | |
1755 | ptrdiff_t delta; | |
1756 | @}; | |
a0ecd6b1 | 1757 | @end smallexample |
3aba38cc | 1758 | |
1759 | @noindent | |
1760 | The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that | |
1761 | will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual. | |
1762 | Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must | |
1763 | always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can | |
1764 | distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some | |
1765 | platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In | |
1766 | that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift | |
1767 | the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left. | |
1768 | ||
1769 | GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store | |
1770 | this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform. | |
1771 | However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} | |
1772 | set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest | |
1773 | bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that | |
1774 | address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your | |
1775 | architecture, you should define this macro to | |
1776 | @code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}. | |
1777 | ||
1778 | In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures | |
1779 | in which function addresses are always even, according to | |
1780 | @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to | |
1781 | @code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1782 | @end defmac |
6bfa2cc1 | 1783 | |
d37d6c0b | 1784 | @defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS |
6bfa2cc1 | 1785 | Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This |
228c5b30 | 1786 | macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors'' |
6bfa2cc1 | 1787 | instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a |
1788 | function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the | |
228c5b30 | 1789 | data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data |
6bfa2cc1 | 1790 | pointer to which the function's data is relative. |
1791 | ||
1792 | If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number | |
1793 | of words that the function descriptor occupies. | |
d37d6c0b | 1794 | @end defmac |
5c43f650 | 1795 | |
d37d6c0b | 1796 | @defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN |
5c43f650 | 1797 | By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment |
1798 | is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies | |
1799 | the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only | |
1800 | when special alignment is necessary. */ | |
d37d6c0b | 1801 | @end defmac |
5c43f650 | 1802 | |
d37d6c0b | 1803 | @defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE |
5c43f650 | 1804 | There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below |
1805 | zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment | |
1806 | specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number | |
1807 | of words in each data entry. | |
d37d6c0b | 1808 | @end defmac |
e1768e2f | 1809 | |
1810 | @node Escape Sequences | |
1811 | @section Target Character Escape Sequences | |
1812 | @cindex escape sequences | |
3aba38cc | 1813 | |
df1cf42e | 1814 | By default, GCC assumes that the C character escape sequences and other |
1815 | characters take on their ASCII values for the target. If this is not | |
1816 | correct, you must explicitly define all of the macros below. All of | |
1817 | them must evaluate to constants; they are used in @code{case} | |
1818 | statements. | |
e1768e2f | 1819 | |
889fd92b | 1820 | @findex TARGET_BELL |
df1cf42e | 1821 | @findex TARGET_BS |
d37d6c0b | 1822 | @findex TARGET_CR |
df1cf42e | 1823 | @findex TARGET_DIGIT0 |
ed5635e4 | 1824 | @findex TARGET_ESC |
d37d6c0b | 1825 | @findex TARGET_FF |
889fd92b | 1826 | @findex TARGET_NEWLINE |
d37d6c0b | 1827 | @findex TARGET_TAB |
889fd92b | 1828 | @findex TARGET_VT |
d37d6c0b | 1829 | @multitable {@code{TARGET_NEWLINE}} {Escape} {ASCII character} |
1830 | @item Macro @tab Escape @tab ASCII character | |
1831 | @item @code{TARGET_BELL} @tab @kbd{\a} @tab @code{07}, @code{BEL} | |
df1cf42e | 1832 | @item @code{TARGET_BS} @tab @kbd{\b} @tab @code{08}, @code{BS} |
d37d6c0b | 1833 | @item @code{TARGET_CR} @tab @kbd{\r} @tab @code{0D}, @code{CR} |
df1cf42e | 1834 | @item @code{TARGET_DIGIT0} @tab @kbd{0} @tab @code{30}, @code{ZERO} |
d37d6c0b | 1835 | @item @code{TARGET_ESC} @tab @kbd{\e}, @kbd{\E} @tab @code{1B}, @code{ESC} |
1836 | @item @code{TARGET_FF} @tab @kbd{\f} @tab @code{0C}, @code{FF} | |
1837 | @item @code{TARGET_NEWLINE} @tab @kbd{\n} @tab @code{0A}, @code{LF} | |
1838 | @item @code{TARGET_TAB} @tab @kbd{\t} @tab @code{09}, @code{HT} | |
1839 | @item @code{TARGET_VT} @tab @kbd{\v} @tab @code{0B}, @code{VT} | |
1840 | @end multitable | |
1841 | ||
1842 | @noindent | |
1843 | Note that the @kbd{\e} and @kbd{\E} escapes are GNU extensions, not | |
1844 | part of the C standard. | |
889fd92b | 1845 | |
1846 | @node Registers | |
1847 | @section Register Usage | |
1848 | @cindex register usage | |
1849 | ||
1850 | This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine | |
1851 | has, and how (in general) they can be used. | |
1852 | ||
1853 | The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is | |
1854 | done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information | |
1855 | on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}. | |
1856 | For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}. | |
1857 | For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}. | |
1858 | ||
1859 | @menu | |
1860 | * Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers. | |
1861 | * Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated. | |
1862 | * Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold. | |
1863 | * Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions. | |
1864 | * Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387. | |
889fd92b | 1865 | @end menu |
1866 | ||
1867 | @node Register Basics | |
1868 | @subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers | |
1869 | ||
1870 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
1871 | Registers have various characteristics. | |
1872 | ||
d37d6c0b | 1873 | @defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
889fd92b | 1874 | Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive |
1875 | numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first | |
1876 | pseudo register's number really is assigned the number | |
1877 | @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1878 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1879 | |
d37d6c0b | 1880 | @defmac FIXED_REGISTERS |
889fd92b | 1881 | @cindex fixed register |
1882 | An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes | |
1883 | all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for | |
1884 | general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame | |
1885 | pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general | |
1886 | register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on | |
1887 | machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers, | |
1888 | and any other numbered register with a standard use. | |
1889 | ||
1890 | This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by | |
1891 | commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if | |
1892 | register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise. | |
1893 | ||
1894 | The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by | |
1895 | the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically, | |
1896 | by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by | |
8ae77b3c | 1897 | the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}}, |
1898 | @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1899 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1900 | |
d37d6c0b | 1901 | @defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS |
889fd92b | 1902 | @cindex call-used register |
1903 | @cindex call-clobbered register | |
1904 | @cindex call-saved register | |
1905 | Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is | |
1906 | clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed | |
1907 | registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not | |
1908 | available for general allocation of values that must live across | |
1909 | function calls. | |
1910 | ||
1911 | If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler | |
1912 | automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function | |
1913 | exit, if the register is used within the function. | |
d37d6c0b | 1914 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1915 | |
d37d6c0b | 1916 | @defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS |
d2d242b4 | 1917 | @cindex call-used register |
1918 | @cindex call-clobbered register | |
1919 | @cindex call-saved register | |
228c5b30 | 1920 | Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require |
1921 | that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included. | |
d2d242b4 | 1922 | (@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}). |
228c5b30 | 1923 | This macro is optional. If not specified, it defaults to the value |
d2d242b4 | 1924 | of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}. |
d37d6c0b | 1925 | @end defmac |
d2d242b4 | 1926 | |
d37d6c0b | 1927 | @defmac HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (@var{regno}, @var{mode}) |
fc51ca3b | 1928 | @cindex call-used register |
1929 | @cindex call-clobbered register | |
1930 | @cindex call-saved register | |
f45856ef | 1931 | A C expression that is nonzero if it is not permissible to store a |
fc51ca3b | 1932 | value of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} across a |
1933 | call without some part of it being clobbered. For most machines this | |
1934 | macro need not be defined. It is only required for machines that do not | |
1935 | preserve the entire contents of a register across a call. | |
d37d6c0b | 1936 | @end defmac |
fc51ca3b | 1937 | |
889fd92b | 1938 | @findex fixed_regs |
1939 | @findex call_used_regs | |
d37d6c0b | 1940 | @findex global_regs |
1941 | @findex reg_names | |
1942 | @findex reg_class_contents | |
1943 | @defmac CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE | |
de151bb1 | 1944 | Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify five variables |
1945 | @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs}, | |
747af5e7 | 1946 | @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account |
1947 | any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three | |
1948 | of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors). | |
1949 | @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and | |
1950 | @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is | |
1951 | called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, | |
1952 | @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized | |
de151bb1 | 1953 | from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, |
747af5e7 | 1954 | @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively. |
8ae77b3c | 1955 | @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}}, |
747af5e7 | 1956 | @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}} |
1957 | command options have been applied. | |
889fd92b | 1958 | |
1959 | You need not define this macro if it has no work to do. | |
1960 | ||
1961 | @cindex disabling certain registers | |
1962 | @cindex controlling register usage | |
1963 | If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target | |
1964 | flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify | |
1965 | @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the | |
0858e3a2 | 1966 | registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also define |
48ea5577 | 1967 | the macro @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER} / @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT} |
1968 | to return @code{NO_REGS} if it | |
889fd92b | 1969 | is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used. |
1970 | ||
1971 | (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all | |
1972 | of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are | |
1973 | controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using | |
1974 | these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.) | |
d37d6c0b | 1975 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1976 | |
d37d6c0b | 1977 | @defmac NON_SAVING_SETJMP |
889fd92b | 1978 | If this macro is defined and has a nonzero value, it means that |
1979 | @code{setjmp} and related functions fail to save the registers, or that | |
1980 | @code{longjmp} fails to restore them. To compensate, the compiler | |
1981 | avoids putting variables in registers in functions that use | |
1982 | @code{setjmp}. | |
d37d6c0b | 1983 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1984 | |
d37d6c0b | 1985 | @defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out}) |
889fd92b | 1986 | Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C |
1987 | expression returns the register number as seen by the called function | |
1988 | corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling | |
1989 | function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an | |
1990 | outbound register. | |
d37d6c0b | 1991 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 1992 | |
d37d6c0b | 1993 | @defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in}) |
889fd92b | 1994 | Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C |
1995 | expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function | |
1996 | corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called | |
1997 | function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound | |
1998 | register. | |
d37d6c0b | 1999 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2000 | |
d37d6c0b | 2001 | @defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno}) |
5a37b6e0 | 2002 | Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C |
2003 | expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the | |
2004 | register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers | |
2005 | need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local | |
2006 | gotos. | |
d37d6c0b | 2007 | @end defmac |
5a37b6e0 | 2008 | |
d37d6c0b | 2009 | @defmac PC_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 2010 | If the program counter has a register number, define this as that |
2011 | register number. Otherwise, do not define it. | |
d37d6c0b | 2012 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2013 | |
2014 | @node Allocation Order | |
2015 | @subsection Order of Allocation of Registers | |
2016 | @cindex order of register allocation | |
2017 | @cindex register allocation order | |
2018 | ||
2019 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
2020 | Registers are allocated in order. | |
2021 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2022 | @defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER |
889fd92b | 2023 | If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the |
e8e57187 | 2024 | numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer |
889fd92b | 2025 | to use them (from most preferred to least). |
2026 | ||
2027 | If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first | |
2028 | (all else being equal). | |
2029 | ||
2030 | One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered | |
2031 | registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers | |
2032 | instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such | |
2033 | machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists | |
ad87de1e | 2034 | the highest numbered allocable register first. |
d37d6c0b | 2035 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2036 | |
d37d6c0b | 2037 | @defmac ORDER_REGS_FOR_LOCAL_ALLOC |
889fd92b | 2038 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate |
2039 | hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block. | |
2040 | ||
2041 | Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}. | |
2042 | Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next | |
2043 | register; and so on. | |
2044 | ||
2045 | The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of | |
2046 | @code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro. | |
2047 | ||
2048 | On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 2049 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2050 | |
2051 | @node Values in Registers | |
2052 | @subsection How Values Fit in Registers | |
2053 | ||
2054 | This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values | |
2055 | (specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many | |
2056 | consecutive registers are needed for a given mode. | |
2057 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2058 | @defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 2059 | A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting |
2060 | at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode | |
2061 | @var{mode}. | |
2062 | ||
2063 | On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable | |
2064 | definition of this macro is | |
2065 | ||
2066 | @smallexample | |
2067 | #define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \ | |
2068 | ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \ | |
84bf2056 | 2069 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) |
889fd92b | 2070 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 2071 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2072 | |
556e5619 | 2073 | @defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode}) |
2074 | Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values | |
2075 | of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that | |
2076 | should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is | |
2077 | used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This | |
2078 | happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of | |
2079 | floating-point registers is still 32-bit. | |
2080 | @end defmac | |
2081 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2082 | @defmac HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{regno}, @var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 2083 | A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value |
2084 | of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several | |
2085 | registers starting with that one). For a machine where all registers | |
2086 | are equivalent, a suitable definition is | |
2087 | ||
2088 | @smallexample | |
2089 | #define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1 | |
2090 | @end smallexample | |
2091 | ||
0dbd1c74 | 2092 | You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers, |
2093 | because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied. | |
889fd92b | 2094 | |
2095 | @cindex register pairs | |
2096 | On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd | |
0dbd1c74 | 2097 | register pairs. You can implement that by defining this macro to reject |
2098 | odd register numbers for such modes. | |
889fd92b | 2099 | |
2100 | The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the | |
2101 | @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the | |
0dbd1c74 | 2102 | register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a |
2103 | value into the register and back out not alter it. | |
889fd92b | 2104 | |
0dbd1c74 | 2105 | Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for |
2106 | all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for | |
889fd92b | 2107 | @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} to distinguish between these modes, provided |
2108 | you define patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This | |
2109 | is useful because of the interaction between @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} | |
2110 | and @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer modes | |
2111 | to be tieable. | |
2112 | ||
2113 | Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic. | |
2114 | Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only | |
2115 | in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that | |
2116 | can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine | |
2117 | mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those | |
2118 | registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values. | |
2119 | ||
2120 | On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine | |
2121 | modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating | |
2122 | registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a | |
2123 | non-floating value there would garble it. In this case, | |
2124 | @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in | |
2125 | floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically | |
2126 | normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it | |
2127 | unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating | |
2128 | register, so you can define this macro to say so. | |
2129 | ||
2130 | The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that | |
2131 | they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic | |
2132 | instructions. However, this is of no concern to | |
2133 | @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper | |
2134 | constraints for those instructions. | |
2135 | ||
2136 | On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access, | |
2137 | so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a | |
2138 | register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the | |
2139 | floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not | |
2140 | be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one. | |
d37d6c0b | 2141 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2142 | |
a2b660e7 | 2143 | @defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to}) |
2144 | A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register | |
2145 | @var{from} to another hard register @var{to}. | |
2146 | ||
2147 | One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to | |
2148 | another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt | |
2149 | handler. | |
2150 | ||
2151 | The default is always nonzero. | |
2152 | @end defmac | |
2153 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2154 | @defmac MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2}) |
0dbd1c74 | 2155 | A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode |
ad87de1e | 2156 | @var{mode1} is accessible in mode @var{mode2} without copying. |
889fd92b | 2157 | |
2158 | If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and | |
0dbd1c74 | 2159 | @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always the same for |
2160 | any @var{r}, then @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})} | |
2161 | should be nonzero. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define | |
2162 | this macro to return zero unless some other mechanism ensures the | |
ad87de1e | 2163 | accessibility of the value in a narrower mode. |
0dbd1c74 | 2164 | |
2165 | You should define this macro to return nonzero in as many cases as | |
e8e57187 | 2166 | possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register |
0dbd1c74 | 2167 | allocation. |
d37d6c0b | 2168 | @end defmac |
18aa2adf | 2169 | |
d37d6c0b | 2170 | @defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES |
18aa2adf | 2171 | Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode} |
a61eb77e | 2172 | registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from |
18aa2adf | 2173 | @code{CCmode} is incomplete. |
d37d6c0b | 2174 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2175 | |
2176 | @node Leaf Functions | |
2177 | @subsection Handling Leaf Functions | |
2178 | ||
2179 | @cindex leaf functions | |
2180 | @cindex functions, leaf | |
2181 | On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run | |
2182 | more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this | |
2183 | means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they | |
2184 | are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would | |
2185 | normally arrive. | |
2186 | ||
2187 | The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when | |
2188 | other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those | |
2189 | registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf | |
2190 | function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special | |
2191 | handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf | |
2192 | functions''. | |
2193 | ||
e8e57187 | 2194 | GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is |
889fd92b | 2195 | suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the |
2196 | registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros | |
2197 | accomplish this. | |
2198 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2199 | @defmac LEAF_REGISTERS |
7a8d641b | 2200 | Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which |
889fd92b | 2201 | contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf |
2202 | function treatment. | |
2203 | ||
2204 | If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the | |
2205 | registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that | |
e8e57187 | 2206 | GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be |
889fd92b | 2207 | used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1 |
2208 | in this vector. | |
2209 | ||
2210 | Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize | |
2211 | the treatment of leaf functions. | |
d37d6c0b | 2212 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2213 | |
d37d6c0b | 2214 | @defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 2215 | A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno} |
2216 | should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function. | |
2217 | ||
2218 | If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf | |
8ae77b3c | 2219 | function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which |
889fd92b | 2220 | will cause the compiler to abort. |
2221 | ||
2222 | Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the | |
2223 | treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do | |
2224 | this. | |
d37d6c0b | 2225 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2226 | |
b3b67b7c | 2227 | @findex current_function_is_leaf |
2228 | @findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs | |
747af5e7 | 2229 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and |
2230 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions | |
2231 | specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} | |
2232 | which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is | |
2233 | set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining | |
17d9b0c3 | 2234 | compiler passes. They can also test the C variable |
2235 | @code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf | |
2236 | functions which only use leaf registers. | |
f317b732 | 2237 | @code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes |
2238 | that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if | |
2239 | @code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined. | |
889fd92b | 2240 | @c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning |
2241 | @c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93 | |
2242 | ||
2243 | @node Stack Registers | |
2244 | @subsection Registers That Form a Stack | |
2245 | ||
2246 | There are special features to handle computers where some of the | |
d37d6c0b | 2247 | ``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by |
2248 | pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the | |
2249 | stack. | |
889fd92b | 2250 | |
e8e57187 | 2251 | Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and |
d37d6c0b | 2252 | they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing |
2253 | support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating | |
2254 | point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses | |
2255 | stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on | |
2256 | @file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate | |
2257 | with it, as well as defining these macros. | |
2258 | ||
2259 | @defmac STACK_REGS | |
889fd92b | 2260 | Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers. |
d37d6c0b | 2261 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2262 | |
d37d6c0b | 2263 | @defmac FIRST_STACK_REG |
889fd92b | 2264 | The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top |
2265 | of the stack. | |
d37d6c0b | 2266 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2267 | |
d37d6c0b | 2268 | @defmac LAST_STACK_REG |
889fd92b | 2269 | The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of |
2270 | the stack. | |
d37d6c0b | 2271 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2272 | |
889fd92b | 2273 | @node Register Classes |
2274 | @section Register Classes | |
2275 | @cindex register class definitions | |
2276 | @cindex class definitions, register | |
2277 | ||
2278 | On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent. | |
2279 | For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing; | |
2280 | certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine | |
2281 | restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}. | |
2282 | ||
2283 | You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying | |
2284 | which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes | |
2285 | that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns. | |
2286 | ||
2287 | @findex ALL_REGS | |
2288 | @findex NO_REGS | |
2289 | In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one | |
2290 | class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another | |
2291 | class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the | |
2292 | union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required. | |
2293 | ||
2294 | @findex GENERAL_REGS | |
2295 | One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing | |
2296 | terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters | |
2297 | @samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is | |
2298 | the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands | |
2299 | to @code{ALL_REGS}. | |
2300 | ||
2301 | Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y} | |
2302 | then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}. | |
2303 | ||
2304 | The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand | |
2305 | constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters. | |
2306 | You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use | |
2307 | them in operand constraints. | |
2308 | ||
2309 | You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some | |
2310 | instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows | |
2311 | either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a | |
2312 | certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS} | |
2313 | which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code. | |
2314 | ||
2315 | You must also specify certain redundant information about the register | |
2316 | classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are | |
2317 | contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained | |
2318 | in their union. | |
2319 | ||
2320 | When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a | |
2321 | certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class. | |
2322 | Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for | |
2323 | a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to | |
2324 | specify this requirement is with @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. | |
2325 | ||
2326 | Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift | |
2327 | instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for | |
2328 | each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that | |
2329 | mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for | |
2330 | single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When | |
2331 | this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift | |
2332 | instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which | |
2333 | single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that | |
2334 | @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return. | |
2335 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2336 | @deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class} |
2cf3c756 | 2337 | An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names |
2338 | as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS} | |
2339 | must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value, | |
889fd92b | 2340 | @code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather |
2341 | tells how many classes there are. | |
2342 | ||
2343 | Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting | |
2344 | the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index | |
2345 | in many of the tables described below. | |
d37d6c0b | 2346 | @end deftp |
889fd92b | 2347 | |
d37d6c0b | 2348 | @defmac N_REG_CLASSES |
889fd92b | 2349 | The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows: |
2350 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 2351 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 2352 | #define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES |
a0ecd6b1 | 2353 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 2354 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2355 | |
d37d6c0b | 2356 | @defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES |
889fd92b | 2357 | An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string |
2358 | constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps. | |
d37d6c0b | 2359 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2360 | |
d37d6c0b | 2361 | @defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS |
889fd92b | 2362 | An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers |
2363 | which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class | |
2364 | @var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that | |
2365 | register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1. | |
2366 | ||
2367 | When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice. | |
2368 | Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing | |
2369 | several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer | |
2370 | for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}. | |
3f5e3c27 | 2371 | In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to |
2372 | registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and | |
2373 | so on. | |
d37d6c0b | 2374 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2375 | |
d37d6c0b | 2376 | @defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 2377 | A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register |
2378 | @var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class | |
2379 | which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the | |
2380 | register. | |
d37d6c0b | 2381 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2382 | |
d37d6c0b | 2383 | @defmac BASE_REG_CLASS |
889fd92b | 2384 | A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid |
2385 | base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address | |
2386 | which is the register value plus a displacement. | |
d37d6c0b | 2387 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2388 | |
d37d6c0b | 2389 | @defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}) |
2e6d14e8 | 2390 | This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows |
a99e98db | 2391 | the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If |
2e6d14e8 | 2392 | @var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as |
2393 | @code{BASE_REG_CLASS}. | |
d37d6c0b | 2394 | @end defmac |
2e6d14e8 | 2395 | |
d37d6c0b | 2396 | @defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS |
889fd92b | 2397 | A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid |
2398 | index register must belong. An index register is one used in an | |
2399 | address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or | |
2400 | added to another register (as well as added to a displacement). | |
d37d6c0b | 2401 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2402 | |
d37d6c0b | 2403 | @defmac CONSTRAINT_LEN (@var{char}, @var{str}) |
48ea5577 | 2404 | For the constraint at the start of @var{str}, which starts with the letter |
2405 | @var{c}, return the length. This allows you to have register class / | |
2406 | constant / extra constraints that are longer than a single letter; | |
2407 | you don't need to define this macro if you can do with single-letter | |
2408 | constraints only. The definition of this macro should use | |
2409 | DEFAULT_CONSTRAINT_LEN for all the characters that you don't want | |
2410 | to handle specially. | |
2411 | There are some sanity checks in genoutput.c that check the constraint lengths | |
2412 | for the md file, so you can also use this macro to help you while you are | |
2413 | transitioning from a byzantine single-letter-constraint scheme: when you | |
2414 | return a negative length for a constraint you want to re-use, genoutput | |
2415 | will complain about every instance where it is used in the md file. | |
d37d6c0b | 2416 | @end defmac |
48ea5577 | 2417 | |
d37d6c0b | 2418 | @defmac REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (@var{char}) |
889fd92b | 2419 | A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand constraint |
2420 | letters for register classes. If @var{char} is such a letter, the | |
2421 | value should be the register class corresponding to it. Otherwise, | |
2422 | the value should be @code{NO_REGS}. The register letter @samp{r}, | |
2423 | corresponding to class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, will not be passed | |
2424 | to this macro; you do not need to handle it. | |
d37d6c0b | 2425 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2426 | |
d37d6c0b | 2427 | @defmac REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT (@var{char}, @var{str}) |
48ea5577 | 2428 | Like @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER}, but you also get the constraint string |
2429 | passed in @var{str}, so that you can use suffixes to distinguish between | |
2430 | different variants. | |
d37d6c0b | 2431 | @end defmac |
48ea5577 | 2432 | |
d37d6c0b | 2433 | @defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}) |
889fd92b | 2434 | A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is |
2435 | suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses. It may be | |
2436 | either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been | |
2437 | allocated such a hard register. | |
d37d6c0b | 2438 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2439 | |
d37d6c0b | 2440 | @defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}) |
071cd279 | 2441 | A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that |
2442 | that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in | |
2443 | @var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory | |
2444 | reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If | |
2445 | you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of | |
2446 | @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. | |
d37d6c0b | 2447 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 2448 | |
d37d6c0b | 2449 | @defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num}) |
889fd92b | 2450 | A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is |
2451 | suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be | |
2452 | either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been | |
2453 | allocated such a hard register. | |
2454 | ||
2455 | The difference between an index register and a base register is that | |
2456 | the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of | |
2457 | two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be | |
2458 | labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever | |
2459 | labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers | |
2460 | may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings, | |
2461 | looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers | |
2462 | only if neither labeling works. | |
d37d6c0b | 2463 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2464 | |
d37d6c0b | 2465 | @defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class}) |
889fd92b | 2466 | A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class |
2467 | to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class | |
2468 | @var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps | |
2469 | another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is | |
2470 | safe: | |
2471 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 2472 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 2473 | #define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS |
a0ecd6b1 | 2474 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 2475 | |
2476 | Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For | |
2477 | example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range | |
2478 | for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always | |
2479 | @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers. | |
2480 | Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used. | |
2481 | ||
9fe4f442 | 2482 | One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return |
2483 | @var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be | |
2484 | loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can | |
2485 | force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load | |
2486 | immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an | |
2487 | instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point | |
2488 | register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when | |
2489 | @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded | |
2490 | into any kind of register, code generation will be better if | |
2491 | @code{LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead | |
2492 | of using @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}. | |
d37d6c0b | 2493 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2494 | |
d37d6c0b | 2495 | @defmac PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class}) |
889fd92b | 2496 | Like @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of |
2497 | input reloads. If you don't define this macro, the default is to use | |
2498 | @var{class}, unchanged. | |
d37d6c0b | 2499 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2500 | |
d37d6c0b | 2501 | @defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class}) |
889fd92b | 2502 | A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class |
2503 | to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode | |
2504 | @var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would | |
2505 | ordinarily be used. | |
2506 | ||
2507 | Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when | |
2508 | there are certain modes that simply can't go in certain reload classes. | |
2509 | ||
2510 | The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another, | |
2511 | smaller class. | |
2512 | ||
2513 | Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which | |
2514 | require the macro to do something nontrivial. | |
d37d6c0b | 2515 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2516 | |
d37d6c0b | 2517 | @defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x}) |
2518 | @defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x}) | |
2519 | @defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x}) | |
889fd92b | 2520 | Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or |
2521 | from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the | |
2522 | @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or | |
2523 | from general registers, but not memory. Some machines allow copying all | |
2524 | registers to and from memory, but require a scratch register for stores | |
2525 | to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic address on the RT, | |
7800959d | 2526 | and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC when compiling |
0858e3a2 | 2527 | PIC)@. In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are |
889fd92b | 2528 | required. |
2529 | ||
2530 | You should define these macros to indicate to the reload phase that it may | |
2531 | need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the | |
2532 | register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a | |
2533 | register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register, | |
2534 | you should define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the | |
2535 | largest register class all of whose registers can be used as | |
2536 | intermediate registers or scratch registers. | |
2537 | ||
2538 | If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an | |
2539 | intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} | |
2540 | should be defined to return the largest register class required. If the | |
2541 | requirements for input and output reloads are the same, the macro | |
2542 | @code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should be used instead of defining both | |
2543 | macros identically. | |
2544 | ||
2545 | The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}. | |
2546 | Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x} | |
2547 | can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in | |
2548 | @var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this | |
2549 | macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}. | |
2550 | ||
2551 | If a scratch register is required (either with or without an | |
2552 | intermediate register), you should define patterns for | |
2553 | @samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required | |
2554 | (@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which will normally be | |
2555 | implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the | |
2556 | @samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch | |
2557 | register. | |
2558 | ||
2559 | Define constraints for the reload register and scratch register that | |
2560 | contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose | |
2561 | class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the | |
2562 | value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch | |
2563 | register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required. | |
2564 | Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern. | |
2565 | ||
2566 | @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a | |
2567 | pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory. | |
8ae77b3c | 2568 | Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is |
889fd92b | 2569 | in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register. |
2570 | ||
2571 | These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of | |
2572 | registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of | |
2573 | registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and | |
2574 | would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform | |
5d4f270c | 2575 | the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an |
889fd92b | 2576 | intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and |
2577 | general registers. | |
d37d6c0b | 2578 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2579 | |
d37d6c0b | 2580 | @defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (@var{class1}, @var{class2}, @var{m}) |
889fd92b | 2581 | Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied |
2582 | to some other registers without using memory. Define this macro on | |
f45856ef | 2583 | those machines to be a C expression that is nonzero if objects of mode |
889fd92b | 2584 | @var{m} in registers of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of |
2585 | class @var{class2} by storing a register of @var{class1} into memory | |
2586 | and loading that memory location into a register of @var{class2}. | |
2587 | ||
2588 | Do not define this macro if its value would always be zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 2589 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2590 | |
d37d6c0b | 2591 | @defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 2592 | Normally when @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler |
2593 | allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies. | |
2594 | If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location | |
2595 | defined by this macro. | |
2596 | ||
2597 | Do not define this macro if you do not define | |
2598 | @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}. | |
d37d6c0b | 2599 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2600 | |
d37d6c0b | 2601 | @defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (@var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 2602 | When the compiler needs a secondary memory location to copy between two |
2603 | registers of mode @var{mode}, it normally allocates sufficient memory to | |
2604 | hold a quantity of @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits and performs the store and | |
2605 | load operations in a mode that many bits wide and whose class is the | |
2606 | same as that of @var{mode}. | |
2607 | ||
2608 | This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures that all | |
2609 | bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the registers | |
2610 | in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for floating-point | |
2611 | registers. | |
2612 | ||
2613 | However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as | |
2614 | the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers | |
2615 | differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default | |
2616 | widening will not work correctly and you must define this macro to | |
2617 | suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.h} for | |
2618 | details. | |
2619 | ||
2620 | Do not define this macro if you do not define | |
2621 | @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} or if widening @var{mode} to a mode that | |
2622 | is @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits wide is correct for your machine. | |
d37d6c0b | 2623 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2624 | |
d37d6c0b | 2625 | @defmac SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES |
3e1bbee6 | 2626 | On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary |
2627 | insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values | |
2628 | to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail | |
2629 | if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an | |
2630 | insn. | |
889fd92b | 2631 | |
f45856ef | 2632 | Define @code{SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES} to be an expression with a nonzero |
2633 | value on these machines. When this macro has a nonzero value, the | |
3e1bbee6 | 2634 | compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of hard registers. |
889fd92b | 2635 | |
f45856ef | 2636 | It is always safe to define this macro with a nonzero value, but if you |
071cd279 | 2637 | unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations |
2638 | that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this macro | |
f45856ef | 2639 | with a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out of |
071cd279 | 2640 | spill registers and print a fatal error message. For most machines, you |
2641 | should not define this macro at all. | |
d37d6c0b | 2642 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2643 | |
d37d6c0b | 2644 | @defmac CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P (@var{class}) |
889fd92b | 2645 | A C expression whose value is nonzero if pseudos that have been assigned |
2646 | to registers of class @var{class} would likely be spilled because | |
2647 | registers of @var{class} are needed for spill registers. | |
2648 | ||
2649 | The default value of this macro returns 1 if @var{class} has exactly one | |
2650 | register and zero otherwise. On most machines, this default should be | |
9bfcf602 | 2651 | used. Only define this macro to some other expression if pseudos |
889fd92b | 2652 | allocated by @file{local-alloc.c} end up in memory because their hard |
2653 | registers were needed for spill registers. If this macro returns nonzero | |
2654 | for those classes, those pseudos will only be allocated by | |
2655 | @file{global.c}, which knows how to reallocate the pseudo to another | |
2656 | register. If there would not be another register available for | |
2657 | reallocation, you should not change the definition of this macro since | |
2658 | the only effect of such a definition would be to slow down register | |
2659 | allocation. | |
d37d6c0b | 2660 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2661 | |
d37d6c0b | 2662 | @defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 2663 | A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers |
2664 | of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}. | |
2665 | ||
2666 | This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact, | |
2667 | the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})} | |
2668 | should be the maximum value of @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, | |
2669 | @var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}. | |
2670 | ||
2671 | This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values | |
2672 | in the reload pass. | |
d37d6c0b | 2673 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2674 | |
d37d6c0b | 2675 | @defmac CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS (@var{from}, @var{to}, @var{class}) |
22aae821 | 2676 | If defined, a C expression that returns nonzero for a @var{class} for which |
2677 | a change from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to} is invalid. | |
889fd92b | 2678 | |
2679 | For the example, loading 32-bit integer or floating-point objects into | |
ae567dd2 | 2680 | floating-point registers on the Alpha extends them to 64 bits. |
889fd92b | 2681 | Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a 32-bit object |
ae567dd2 | 2682 | does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case for a normal |
897118e8 | 2683 | register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} |
2684 | as below: | |
c5af420e | 2685 | |
a0ecd6b1 | 2686 | @smallexample |
22aae821 | 2687 | #define CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS(FROM, TO, CLASS) \ |
2688 | (GET_MODE_SIZE (FROM) != GET_MODE_SIZE (TO) \ | |
2689 | ? reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, (CLASS)) : 0) | |
a0ecd6b1 | 2690 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 2691 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2692 | |
2693 | Three other special macros describe which operands fit which constraint | |
2694 | letters. | |
2695 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2696 | @defmac CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (@var{value}, @var{c}) |
0fd76dc9 | 2697 | A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint |
2698 | letters (@samp{I}, @samp{J}, @samp{K}, @dots{} @samp{P}) that specify | |
2699 | particular ranges of integer values. If @var{c} is one of those | |
2700 | letters, the expression should check that @var{value}, an integer, is in | |
2701 | the appropriate range and return 1 if so, 0 otherwise. If @var{c} is | |
2702 | not one of those letters, the value should be 0 regardless of | |
2703 | @var{value}. | |
d37d6c0b | 2704 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2705 | |
d37d6c0b | 2706 | @defmac CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P (@var{value}, @var{c}, @var{str}) |
48ea5577 | 2707 | Like @code{CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P}, but you also get the constraint |
2708 | string passed in @var{str}, so that you can use suffixes to distinguish | |
2709 | between different variants. | |
d37d6c0b | 2710 | @end defmac |
48ea5577 | 2711 | |
d37d6c0b | 2712 | @defmac CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (@var{value}, @var{c}) |
889fd92b | 2713 | A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint |
0fd76dc9 | 2714 | letters that specify particular ranges of @code{const_double} values |
2715 | (@samp{G} or @samp{H}). | |
889fd92b | 2716 | |
2717 | If @var{c} is one of those letters, the expression should check that | |
2718 | @var{value}, an RTX of code @code{const_double}, is in the appropriate | |
2719 | range and return 1 if so, 0 otherwise. If @var{c} is not one of those | |
2720 | letters, the value should be 0 regardless of @var{value}. | |
2721 | ||
2722 | @code{const_double} is used for all floating-point constants and for | |
2723 | @code{DImode} fixed-point constants. A given letter can accept either | |
2724 | or both kinds of values. It can use @code{GET_MODE} to distinguish | |
2725 | between these kinds. | |
d37d6c0b | 2726 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2727 | |
d37d6c0b | 2728 | @defmac CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P (@var{value}, @var{c}, @var{str}) |
48ea5577 | 2729 | Like @code{CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P}, but you also get the constraint |
2730 | string passed in @var{str}, so that you can use suffixes to distinguish | |
2731 | between different variants. | |
d37d6c0b | 2732 | @end defmac |
48ea5577 | 2733 | |
d37d6c0b | 2734 | @defmac EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (@var{value}, @var{c}) |
889fd92b | 2735 | A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint |
f3653a64 | 2736 | letters that can be used to segregate specific types of operands, usually |
2737 | memory references, for the target machine. Any letter that is not | |
48ea5577 | 2738 | elsewhere defined and not matched by @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER} / |
2739 | @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT} | |
f3653a64 | 2740 | may be used. Normally this macro will not be defined. |
2741 | ||
2742 | If it is required for a particular target machine, it should return 1 | |
2743 | if @var{value} corresponds to the operand type represented by the | |
2744 | constraint letter @var{c}. If @var{c} is not defined as an extra | |
0fd76dc9 | 2745 | constraint, the value returned should be 0 regardless of @var{value}. |
889fd92b | 2746 | |
f3653a64 | 2747 | For example, on the ROMP, load instructions cannot have their output |
2748 | in r0 if the memory reference contains a symbolic address. Constraint | |
2749 | letter @samp{Q} is defined as representing a memory address that does | |
889fd92b | 2750 | @emph{not} contain a symbolic address. An alternative is specified with |
2751 | a @samp{Q} constraint on the input and @samp{r} on the output. The next | |
2752 | alternative specifies @samp{m} on the input and a register class that | |
2753 | does not include r0 on the output. | |
d37d6c0b | 2754 | @end defmac |
a5004c3d | 2755 | |
d37d6c0b | 2756 | @defmac EXTRA_CONSTRAINT_STR (@var{value}, @var{c}, @var{str}) |
48ea5577 | 2757 | Like @code{EXTRA_CONSTRAINT}, but you also get the constraint string passed |
2758 | in @var{str}, so that you can use suffixes to distinguish between different | |
2759 | variants. | |
d37d6c0b | 2760 | @end defmac |
48ea5577 | 2761 | |
d37d6c0b | 2762 | @defmac EXTRA_MEMORY_CONSTRAINT (@var{c}, @var{str}) |
a5004c3d | 2763 | A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint |
2764 | letters, amongst those accepted by @code{EXTRA_CONSTRAINT}, that should | |
2765 | be treated like memory constraints by the reload pass. | |
2766 | ||
894b8fd9 | 2767 | It should return 1 if the operand type represented by the constraint |
48ea5577 | 2768 | at the start of @var{str}, the first letter of which is the letter @var{c}, |
2769 | comprises a subset of all memory references including | |
894b8fd9 | 2770 | all those whose address is simply a base register. This allows the reload |
2771 | pass to reload an operand, if it does not directly correspond to the operand | |
a5004c3d | 2772 | type of @var{c}, by copying its address into a base register. |
2773 | ||
2774 | For example, on the S/390, some instructions do not accept arbitrary | |
2775 | memory references, but only those that do not make use of an index | |
2776 | register. The constraint letter @samp{Q} is defined via | |
2777 | @code{EXTRA_CONSTRAINT} as representing a memory address of this type. | |
2778 | If the letter @samp{Q} is marked as @code{EXTRA_MEMORY_CONSTRAINT}, | |
2779 | a @samp{Q} constraint can handle any memory operand, because the | |
2780 | reload pass knows it can be reloaded by copying the memory address | |
2781 | into a base register if required. This is analogous to the way | |
2782 | a @samp{o} constraint can handle any memory operand. | |
d37d6c0b | 2783 | @end defmac |
a5004c3d | 2784 | |
d37d6c0b | 2785 | @defmac EXTRA_ADDRESS_CONSTRAINT (@var{c}, @var{str}) |
a5004c3d | 2786 | A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint |
48ea5577 | 2787 | letters, amongst those accepted by @code{EXTRA_CONSTRAINT} / |
2788 | @code{EXTRA_CONSTRAINT_STR}, that should | |
a5004c3d | 2789 | be treated like address constraints by the reload pass. |
2790 | ||
894b8fd9 | 2791 | It should return 1 if the operand type represented by the constraint |
bc00c454 | 2792 | at the start of @var{str}, which starts with the letter @var{c}, comprises |
48ea5577 | 2793 | a subset of all memory addresses including |
894b8fd9 | 2794 | all those that consist of just a base register. This allows the reload |
2795 | pass to reload an operand, if it does not directly correspond to the operand | |
48ea5577 | 2796 | type of @var{str}, by copying it into a base register. |
a5004c3d | 2797 | |
2798 | Any constraint marked as @code{EXTRA_ADDRESS_CONSTRAINT} can only | |
894b8fd9 | 2799 | be used with the @code{address_operand} predicate. It is treated |
a5004c3d | 2800 | analogously to the @samp{p} constraint. |
d37d6c0b | 2801 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2802 | |
2803 | @node Stack and Calling | |
2804 | @section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions | |
2805 | @cindex calling conventions | |
2806 | ||
2807 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
2808 | This describes the stack layout and calling conventions. | |
2809 | ||
2810 | @menu | |
2811 | * Frame Layout:: | |
de624aa8 | 2812 | * Exception Handling:: |
071cd279 | 2813 | * Stack Checking:: |
889fd92b | 2814 | * Frame Registers:: |
2815 | * Elimination:: | |
2816 | * Stack Arguments:: | |
2817 | * Register Arguments:: | |
2818 | * Scalar Return:: | |
2819 | * Aggregate Return:: | |
2820 | * Caller Saves:: | |
2821 | * Function Entry:: | |
2822 | * Profiling:: | |
e3c541f0 | 2823 | * Tail Calls:: |
889fd92b | 2824 | @end menu |
2825 | ||
2826 | @node Frame Layout | |
2827 | @subsection Basic Stack Layout | |
2828 | @cindex stack frame layout | |
2829 | @cindex frame layout | |
2830 | ||
2831 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
2832 | Here is the basic stack layout. | |
2833 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2834 | @defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
889fd92b | 2835 | Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack |
2836 | pointer to a smaller address. | |
2837 | ||
2838 | When we say, ``define this macro if @dots{},'' it means that the | |
2839 | compiler checks this macro only with @code{#ifdef} so the precise | |
2840 | definition used does not matter. | |
d37d6c0b | 2841 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2842 | |
d37d6c0b | 2843 | @defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE |
07c143fb | 2844 | This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed |
2845 | on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be | |
78f1b1cd | 2846 | @code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})} |
07c143fb | 2847 | |
2848 | The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC}, | |
2849 | and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on | |
2850 | the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points | |
2851 | to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the | |
2852 | space for the next item on the stack. | |
2853 | ||
2854 | The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is | |
2855 | defined, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise, | |
2856 | which is often wrong. | |
d37d6c0b | 2857 | @end defmac |
07c143fb | 2858 | |
d37d6c0b | 2859 | @defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
889fd92b | 2860 | Define this macro if the addresses of local variable slots are at negative |
2861 | offsets from the frame pointer. | |
d37d6c0b | 2862 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2863 | |
d37d6c0b | 2864 | @defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD |
889fd92b | 2865 | Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing |
2866 | addresses on the stack. | |
d37d6c0b | 2867 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2868 | |
d37d6c0b | 2869 | @defmac STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET |
889fd92b | 2870 | Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be allocated. |
2871 | ||
2872 | If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, find the next slot's offset by | |
2873 | subtracting the first slot's length from @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}. | |
2874 | Otherwise, it is found by adding the length of the first slot to the | |
2875 | value @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}. | |
2876 | @c i'm not sure if the above is still correct.. had to change it to get | |
2877 | @c rid of an overfull. --mew 2feb93 | |
d37d6c0b | 2878 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2879 | |
d37d6c0b | 2880 | @defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED |
256f9b65 | 2881 | Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload. |
bf02170c | 2882 | The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports. |
256f9b65 | 2883 | |
bf02170c | 2884 | On ports where @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there |
256f9b65 | 2885 | is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require |
2886 | alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable | |
2887 | stack alignment and do it in the backend. | |
d37d6c0b | 2888 | @end defmac |
256f9b65 | 2889 | |
d37d6c0b | 2890 | @defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET |
889fd92b | 2891 | Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which |
2892 | outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of | |
2893 | zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines. | |
2894 | ||
2895 | If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above | |
2896 | the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed. | |
d37d6c0b | 2897 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2898 | |
d37d6c0b | 2899 | @defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) |
889fd92b | 2900 | Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's |
2901 | address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the | |
2902 | function. | |
2903 | ||
2904 | If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above | |
2905 | the first argument's address. | |
d37d6c0b | 2906 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2907 | |
d37d6c0b | 2908 | @defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) |
889fd92b | 2909 | Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated |
2910 | on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}. | |
2911 | ||
2912 | The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the | |
2913 | length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most | |
2914 | machines. See @file{function.c} for details. | |
d37d6c0b | 2915 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2916 | |
d37d6c0b | 2917 | @defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr}) |
889fd92b | 2918 | A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack |
2919 | frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that | |
2920 | @var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame | |
2921 | itself. | |
2922 | ||
2923 | If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value | |
2924 | of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the | |
2925 | address of the stack word that points to the previous frame. | |
d37d6c0b | 2926 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 2927 | |
d37d6c0b | 2928 | @defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES |
889fd92b | 2929 | If defined, a C expression that produces the machine-specific code to |
2930 | setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example, | |
7800959d | 2931 | on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack |
5e300ff6 | 2932 | before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to |
2933 | define this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 2934 | @end defmac |
5e300ff6 | 2935 | |
e3e026e8 | 2936 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE () |
2937 | This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store | |
5e300ff6 | 2938 | the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer. |
2939 | The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most | |
e3e026e8 | 2940 | machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if |
5e300ff6 | 2941 | @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine. |
e3e026e8 | 2942 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 2943 | |
d37d6c0b | 2944 | @defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr}) |
889fd92b | 2945 | A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return |
071cd279 | 2946 | address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after |
2947 | the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count} | |
2948 | frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if | |
889fd92b | 2949 | @code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is defined. |
2950 | ||
0dbd1c74 | 2951 | The value of the expression must always be the correct address when |
2952 | @var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is not way to | |
2953 | determine the return address of other frames. | |
d37d6c0b | 2954 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 2955 | |
d37d6c0b | 2956 | @defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME |
889fd92b | 2957 | Define this if the return address of a particular stack frame is accessed |
2958 | from the frame pointer of the previous stack frame. | |
d37d6c0b | 2959 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 2960 | |
d37d6c0b | 2961 | @defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX |
071cd279 | 2962 | A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the |
2963 | incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the | |
2964 | prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return | |
2965 | value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in | |
2966 | the stack. | |
2967 | ||
2968 | You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame | |
2969 | debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2. | |
2970 | ||
220d204b | 2971 | If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define |
70c2c81c | 2972 | @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}. |
d37d6c0b | 2973 | @end defmac |
220d204b | 2974 | |
c49ad9ef | 2975 | @defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN |
894b8fd9 | 2976 | A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column |
c49ad9ef | 2977 | number that may be used as an alternate return column. This should |
894b8fd9 | 2978 | be defined only if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a |
c49ad9ef | 2979 | general register, but an alternate column needs to be used for |
2980 | signal frames. | |
2981 | @end defmac | |
2982 | ||
d37d6c0b | 2983 | @defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET |
071cd279 | 2984 | A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes, |
2985 | from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack | |
2986 | frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of | |
2987 | the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the | |
2988 | previous frame, just before the call instruction. | |
2989 | ||
ec37ccb4 | 2990 | You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame |
2991 | debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2. | |
d37d6c0b | 2992 | @end defmac |
ec37ccb4 | 2993 | |
d37d6c0b | 2994 | @defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) |
ec37ccb4 | 2995 | A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes, |
2996 | from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The | |
3b0848a2 | 2997 | final value should coincide with that calculated by |
ec37ccb4 | 2998 | @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable |
2999 | during virtual register instantiation. | |
3000 | ||
220d204b | 3001 | The default value for this macro is @code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl)}, |
3002 | which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found | |
b848cb8e | 3003 | immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on |
3004 | some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC | |
3005 | and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro. | |
220d204b | 3006 | |
b848cb8e | 3007 | You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you |
220d204b | 3008 | want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by |
3009 | DWARF 2. | |
d37d6c0b | 3010 | @end defmac |
397f1574 | 3011 | |
de624aa8 | 3012 | @node Exception Handling |
3013 | @subsection Exception Handling Support | |
3014 | @cindex exception handling | |
3015 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3016 | @defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N}) |
df4b504c | 3017 | A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for |
3018 | data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than | |
3019 | @var{N} registers are usable. | |
3020 | ||
3021 | The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception | |
3022 | handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers | |
3023 | should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers, | |
3024 | but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least | |
3025 | 2 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers. | |
3026 | ||
3027 | You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception | |
3028 | handling like that provided by DWARF 2. | |
d37d6c0b | 3029 | @end defmac |
df4b504c | 3030 | |
d37d6c0b | 3031 | @defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX |
df4b504c | 3032 | A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which |
3033 | to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return. | |
3034 | This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame. | |
3035 | It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally. | |
3036 | ||
3b0848a2 | 3037 | Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise |
df4b504c | 3038 | untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot. |
3039 | ||
cd4e2223 | 3040 | Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored |
894b8fd9 | 3041 | by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in |
3042 | this case, the exception handling library routines will update the | |
3043 | stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define | |
3044 | this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like | |
cd4e2223 | 3045 | that provided by DWARF 2. |
d37d6c0b | 3046 | @end defmac |
df4b504c | 3047 | |
d37d6c0b | 3048 | @defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX |
df4b504c | 3049 | A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which |
3b0848a2 | 3050 | to store the address of an exception handler to which we should |
df4b504c | 3051 | return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally. |
3052 | ||
3053 | Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal | |
3b0848a2 | 3054 | return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an |
3055 | address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below | |
df4b504c | 3056 | the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call |
894b8fd9 | 3057 | frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already |
3058 | been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the | |
cd4e2223 | 3059 | target call frame. |
df4b504c | 3060 | |
3061 | Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an | |
3062 | address calculable during initial code generation. In that case | |
3063 | the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead. | |
3064 | ||
3065 | If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must | |
3066 | define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern. | |
d37d6c0b | 3067 | @end defmac |
df4b504c | 3068 | |
b9b226b0 | 3069 | @defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET |
3070 | If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated | |
3071 | to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the | |
3072 | exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before | |
3073 | using it to return to the exception handler. | |
3074 | @end defmac | |
3075 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3076 | @defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global}) |
ad5818ae | 3077 | This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception |
3078 | handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such | |
3079 | that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations, | |
3080 | and so may be read-only. | |
3081 | ||
70c2c81c | 3082 | @var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers. |
3083 | @var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations. | |
ad5818ae | 3084 | The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines |
3085 | as found in @file{dwarf2.h}. | |
3086 | ||
77f71523 | 3087 | If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but |
ad5818ae | 3088 | represented directly. |
d37d6c0b | 3089 | @end defmac |
ad5818ae | 3090 | |
d37d6c0b | 3091 | @defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done}) |
ad5818ae | 3092 | This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required |
3093 | to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}. | |
3094 | Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must | |
3095 | be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings. | |
3096 | ||
70c2c81c | 3097 | This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was |
3098 | handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number | |
3099 | of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF} | |
ad5818ae | 3100 | to be emitted. |
d37d6c0b | 3101 | @end defmac |
ad5818ae | 3102 | |
d37d6c0b | 3103 | @defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs}, @var{success}) |
de624aa8 | 3104 | This macro allows the target to add cpu and operating system specific |
3105 | code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data | |
3106 | available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind | |
3107 | through signal frames. | |
3108 | ||
3109 | This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in @file{unwind-dw2.c} | |
3110 | and @file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context}; | |
3111 | @var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra} | |
3112 | for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for | |
3113 | the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register save | |
3114 | addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should branch to | |
228c5b30 | 3115 | @var{success}. If the frame cannot be decoded, the macro should do |
de624aa8 | 3116 | nothing. |
f55a8237 | 3117 | |
3118 | For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by | |
3119 | @code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers. | |
d37d6c0b | 3120 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3121 | |
792f6e73 | 3122 | @defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs}) |
3123 | This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the | |
3124 | call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive, | |
3125 | usually used for signal or interrupt frames. | |
3126 | ||
3127 | This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in @file{unwind-ia64.c}. | |
3128 | @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context}; | |
3129 | @var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi} | |
3130 | for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the | |
3131 | @code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should | |
3132 | be updated in @var{fs}. | |
3133 | @end defmac | |
3134 | ||
2f9fc8ef | 3135 | @defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO |
3136 | A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind | |
3137 | info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat | |
3138 | linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}. | |
3139 | @end defmac | |
3140 | ||
071cd279 | 3141 | @node Stack Checking |
3142 | @subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done | |
3143 | ||
e8e57187 | 3144 | GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of |
8ae77b3c | 3145 | the stack, if the @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of three ways: |
071cd279 | 3146 | |
3147 | @enumerate | |
3148 | @item | |
e8e57187 | 3149 | If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC |
071cd279 | 3150 | will assume that you have arranged for stack checking to be done at |
3151 | appropriate places in the configuration files, e.g., in | |
17d9b0c3 | 3152 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}. GCC will do not other special |
3153 | processing. | |
071cd279 | 3154 | |
3155 | @item | |
3156 | If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and you defined a named pattern | |
e8e57187 | 3157 | called @code{check_stack} in your @file{md} file, GCC will call that |
071cd279 | 3158 | pattern with one argument which is the address to compare the stack |
3159 | value against. You must arrange for this pattern to report an error if | |
3160 | the stack pointer is out of range. | |
3161 | ||
3162 | @item | |
e8e57187 | 3163 | If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically |
071cd279 | 3164 | ``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below. |
3165 | @end enumerate | |
3166 | ||
e8e57187 | 3167 | Normally, you will use the default values of these macros, so GCC |
071cd279 | 3168 | will use the third approach. |
3169 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3170 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN |
071cd279 | 3171 | A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a |
3b0848a2 | 3172 | machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking |
3173 | is require by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to have to stack | |
e8e57187 | 3174 | checking in some more efficient way than GCC's portable approach. |
071cd279 | 3175 | The default value of this macro is zero. |
d37d6c0b | 3176 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3177 | |
d37d6c0b | 3178 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL |
e8e57187 | 3179 | An integer representing the interval at which GCC must generate stack |
071cd279 | 3180 | probe instructions. You will normally define this macro to be no larger |
3181 | than the size of the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The | |
3182 | default value of 4096 is suitable for most systems. | |
d37d6c0b | 3183 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3184 | |
d37d6c0b | 3185 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_LOAD |
3b0848a2 | 3186 | A integer which is nonzero if GCC should perform the stack probe |
e8e57187 | 3187 | as a load instruction and zero if GCC should use a store instruction. |
071cd279 | 3188 | The default is zero, which is the most efficient choice on most systems. |
d37d6c0b | 3189 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3190 | |
d37d6c0b | 3191 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT |
071cd279 | 3192 | The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, |
3193 | for languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of | |
3194 | 75 words should be adequate for most machines. | |
d37d6c0b | 3195 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3196 | |
d37d6c0b | 3197 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE |
e8e57187 | 3198 | The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe |
071cd279 | 3199 | instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of |
3200 | stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack | |
e8e57187 | 3201 | checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The |
3202 | default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most | |
071cd279 | 3203 | systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro. |
d37d6c0b | 3204 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3205 | |
d37d6c0b | 3206 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE |
e8e57187 | 3207 | GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It |
071cd279 | 3208 | represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including |
3209 | space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables. | |
3210 | You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally | |
3211 | use the default of four words. | |
d37d6c0b | 3212 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 3213 | |
d37d6c0b | 3214 | @defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE |
e8e57187 | 3215 | The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the |
071cd279 | 3216 | fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies |
8ae77b3c | 3217 | @option{-fstack-check}. |
e8e57187 | 3218 | GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will |
071cd279 | 3219 | normally not need to override that default. |
d37d6c0b | 3220 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3221 | |
3222 | @need 2000 | |
3223 | @node Frame Registers | |
3224 | @subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame | |
3225 | ||
3226 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
3227 | This discusses registers that address the stack frame. | |
3228 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3229 | @defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 3230 | The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a |
3231 | fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines, | |
3232 | the hardware determines which register this is. | |
d37d6c0b | 3233 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3234 | |
d37d6c0b | 3235 | @defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 3236 | The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to |
3237 | access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the | |
3238 | hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can | |
3239 | choose any register you wish for this purpose. | |
d37d6c0b | 3240 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3241 | |
d37d6c0b | 3242 | @defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 3243 | On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting |
3244 | offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register | |
3245 | allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are | |
3246 | between these two locations). On those machines, define | |
3247 | @code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to | |
3248 | be used internally until the offset is known, and define | |
da2b9be0 | 3249 | @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number |
889fd92b | 3250 | used for the frame pointer. |
3251 | ||
3252 | You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it | |
3253 | is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and | |
3254 | the automatic variables until after register allocation has been | |
3255 | completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your | |
3256 | definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate | |
3257 | @code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} | |
3258 | or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}. | |
3259 | ||
3260 | Do not define this macro if it would be the same as | |
3261 | @code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}. | |
d37d6c0b | 3262 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3263 | |
d37d6c0b | 3264 | @defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 3265 | The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access |
3266 | the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the | |
3267 | frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which | |
3268 | register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you | |
3269 | wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame | |
3270 | pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to | |
3271 | @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it | |
3272 | (@pxref{Elimination}). | |
d37d6c0b | 3273 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3274 | |
d37d6c0b | 3275 | @defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 3276 | The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to |
3277 | access the current function's return address from the stack. On some | |
3278 | machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame | |
3279 | pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined | |
3280 | to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by | |
3281 | @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer. | |
3282 | ||
3283 | Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return | |
3284 | address from the stack. | |
d37d6c0b | 3285 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3286 | |
d37d6c0b | 3287 | @defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM |
3288 | @defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM | |
889fd92b | 3289 | Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If |
3290 | register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called | |
3291 | function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register | |
3292 | number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If | |
3293 | these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need | |
f36eeacd | 3294 | not be defined. |
889fd92b | 3295 | |
3296 | The static chain register need not be a fixed register. | |
3297 | ||
3298 | If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be | |
3299 | defined; instead, the next two macros should be defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 3300 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3301 | |
d37d6c0b | 3302 | @defmac STATIC_CHAIN |
3303 | @defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING | |
889fd92b | 3304 | If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros provide rtx giving |
3305 | @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored. | |
3306 | @code{STATIC_CHAIN} and @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING} give the locations | |
3307 | as seen by the calling and called functions, respectively. Often the former | |
3308 | will be at an offset from the stack pointer and the latter at an offset from | |
f36eeacd | 3309 | the frame pointer. |
889fd92b | 3310 | |
3311 | @findex stack_pointer_rtx | |
3312 | @findex frame_pointer_rtx | |
3313 | @findex arg_pointer_rtx | |
3314 | The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and | |
3315 | @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized prior to the use of these | |
3316 | macros and should be used to refer to those items. | |
3317 | ||
3318 | If the static chain is passed in a register, the two previous macros should | |
3319 | be defined instead. | |
d37d6c0b | 3320 | @end defmac |
ba7065a9 | 3321 | |
d37d6c0b | 3322 | @defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS |
ba7065a9 | 3323 | This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be |
3324 | saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in | |
3325 | DWARF2 exception handling. | |
3326 | ||
3327 | Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable | |
3328 | exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA | |
3329 | extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes | |
3330 | in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be | |
3331 | used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling | |
3332 | routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of | |
3333 | registers that are not call-saved. | |
3334 | ||
3335 | If this macro is not defined, it defaults to | |
3336 | @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}. | |
d37d6c0b | 3337 | @end defmac |
ba7065a9 | 3338 | |
d37d6c0b | 3339 | @defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS |
ba7065a9 | 3340 | |
3341 | This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided | |
3342 | for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code. | |
3343 | ||
3344 | If this macro is not defined, it defaults to | |
3345 | @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}. | |
d37d6c0b | 3346 | @end defmac |
ba7065a9 | 3347 | |
d37d6c0b | 3348 | @defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno}) |
e92aec9e | 3349 | |
3350 | Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers | |
3351 | is different than the internal representation for unwind column. | |
c472286c | 3352 | Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind |
e92aec9e | 3353 | column number to use instead. |
3354 | ||
894b8fd9 | 3355 | See the PowerPC's SPE target for an example. |
d37d6c0b | 3356 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3357 | |
4eeb8b5d | 3358 | @defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno}) |
3359 | ||
3360 | Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers | |
3361 | used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other | |
ef8d967c | 3362 | debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro |
4eeb8b5d | 3363 | should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is |
3364 | @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}. | |
3365 | ||
3366 | @end defmac | |
3367 | ||
3368 | @defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh}) | |
3369 | ||
3370 | Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info | |
ef8d967c | 3371 | that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that |
4eeb8b5d | 3372 | should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and |
9fd71724 | 3373 | .eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to |
4eeb8b5d | 3374 | return @code{@var{regno}}. |
3375 | ||
3376 | @end defmac | |
3377 | ||
889fd92b | 3378 | @node Elimination |
3379 | @subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer | |
3380 | ||
3381 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
3382 | This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer. | |
3383 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3384 | @defmac FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED |
889fd92b | 3385 | A C expression which is nonzero if a function must have and use a frame |
3386 | pointer. This expression is evaluated in the reload pass. If its value is | |
3387 | nonzero the function will have a frame pointer. | |
3388 | ||
3389 | The expression can in principle examine the current function and decide | |
3390 | according to the facts, but on most machines the constant 0 or the | |
3391 | constant 1 suffices. Use 0 when the machine allows code to be generated | |
3392 | with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space. Use 1 | |
3393 | when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame pointer. | |
3394 | ||
3395 | In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code | |
3396 | without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and | |
3397 | automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what | |
3398 | @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} says. You don't need to worry about | |
f36eeacd | 3399 | them. |
889fd92b | 3400 | |
3401 | In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer | |
3402 | register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a | |
3403 | fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information. | |
d37d6c0b | 3404 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3405 | |
889fd92b | 3406 | @findex get_frame_size |
d37d6c0b | 3407 | @defmac INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (@var{depth-var}) |
889fd92b | 3408 | A C statement to store in the variable @var{depth-var} the difference |
3409 | between the frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after | |
3410 | the function prologue. The value would be computed from information | |
3411 | such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of | |
3412 | registers @code{regs_ever_live} and @code{call_used_regs}. | |
3413 | ||
3414 | If @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is defined, this macro will be not be used and | |
3415 | need not be defined. Otherwise, it must be defined even if | |
3416 | @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} is defined to always be true; in that | |
3417 | case, you may set @var{depth-var} to anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 3418 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3419 | |
d37d6c0b | 3420 | @defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS |
889fd92b | 3421 | If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to |
3422 | eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. If it is not | |
3423 | defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace | |
3424 | references to the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer. | |
3425 | ||
3426 | The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each | |
3427 | of which specifies an original and replacement register. | |
3428 | ||
3429 | On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until | |
3430 | the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register | |
3431 | must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by | |
3432 | replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer, | |
3433 | depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated. | |
3434 | ||
3435 | In this case, you might specify: | |
a0ecd6b1 | 3436 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 3437 | #define ELIMINABLE_REGS \ |
3438 | @{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \ | |
3439 | @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \ | |
3440 | @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@} | |
a0ecd6b1 | 3441 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 3442 | |
3443 | Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is | |
3444 | specified first since that is the preferred elimination. | |
d37d6c0b | 3445 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3446 | |
d37d6c0b | 3447 | @defmac CAN_ELIMINATE (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}) |
f45856ef | 3448 | A C expression that returns nonzero if the compiler is allowed to try |
889fd92b | 3449 | to replace register number @var{from-reg} with register number |
3450 | @var{to-reg}. This macro need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} | |
3451 | is defined, and will usually be the constant 1, since most of the cases | |
3452 | preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already | |
3453 | knows about. | |
d37d6c0b | 3454 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3455 | |
d37d6c0b | 3456 | @defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var}) |
889fd92b | 3457 | This macro is similar to @code{INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET}. It |
3458 | specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of | |
3459 | registers. This macro must be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is | |
3460 | defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 3461 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3462 | |
3463 | @node Stack Arguments | |
3464 | @subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack | |
3465 | @cindex arguments on stack | |
3466 | @cindex stack arguments | |
3467 | ||
3468 | The macros in this section control how arguments are passed | |
3469 | on the stack. See the following section for other macros that | |
3470 | control passing certain arguments in registers. | |
3471 | ||
45550790 | 3472 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES (tree @var{fntype}) |
3473 | This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a | |
3474 | prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be | |
3475 | passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain | |
3476 | cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines. | |
3477 | The default is to not promote prototypes. | |
3478 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 3479 | |
d37d6c0b | 3480 | @defmac PUSH_ARGS |
71d6ad5e | 3481 | A C expression. If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass |
4448f543 | 3482 | outgoing arguments. |
3483 | If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero. | |
3484 | That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to | |
3485 | allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into | |
70c2c81c | 3486 | it. When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too. |
d37d6c0b | 3487 | @end defmac |
4448f543 | 3488 | |
8c69f6fb | 3489 | @defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED |
3490 | A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from | |
3491 | last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not | |
3492 | defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack | |
3493 | and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise. | |
3494 | @end defmac | |
3495 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3496 | @defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed}) |
889fd92b | 3497 | A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the |
3498 | stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes. | |
889fd92b | 3499 | |
3500 | On some machines, the definition | |
3501 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 3502 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 3503 | #define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES) |
a0ecd6b1 | 3504 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 3505 | |
3506 | @noindent | |
3507 | will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear | |
3508 | to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain | |
3509 | alignment. Then the definition should be | |
3510 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 3511 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 3512 | #define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1) |
a0ecd6b1 | 3513 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 3514 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3515 | |
889fd92b | 3516 | @findex current_function_outgoing_args_size |
d37d6c0b | 3517 | @defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS |
71d6ad5e | 3518 | A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments |
889fd92b | 3519 | will be computed and placed into the variable |
3520 | @code{current_function_outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed | |
3521 | onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should | |
3522 | increase the stack frame size by this amount. | |
3523 | ||
4448f543 | 3524 | Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} |
889fd92b | 3525 | is not proper. |
d37d6c0b | 3526 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3527 | |
d37d6c0b | 3528 | @defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl}) |
889fd92b | 3529 | Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been |
3530 | allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in | |
3531 | registers. | |
3532 | ||
3533 | The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for | |
be2828ce | 3534 | arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl}, |
e8e57187 | 3535 | which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function. |
889fd92b | 3536 | |
3537 | This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the | |
3538 | machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says | |
3539 | which. | |
d37d6c0b | 3540 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3541 | @c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did |
3542 | @c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93 | |
3543 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3544 | @defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE |
889fd92b | 3545 | Define this if it is the responsibility of the caller to allocate the area |
3546 | reserved for arguments passed in registers. | |
3547 | ||
3548 | If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls | |
3549 | whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of | |
3550 | @code{current_function_outgoing_args_size}. | |
d37d6c0b | 3551 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3552 | |
d37d6c0b | 3553 | @defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA |
889fd92b | 3554 | Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the |
3555 | stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it. | |
3556 | @c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the | |
3557 | @c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93 | |
3558 | ||
3559 | Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the | |
3560 | stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro | |
3561 | suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the | |
3562 | stack in its natural location. | |
d37d6c0b | 3563 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3564 | |
d37d6c0b | 3565 | @defmac RETURN_POPS_ARGS (@var{fundecl}, @var{funtype}, @var{stack-size}) |
889fd92b | 3566 | A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes of its own |
3567 | arguments that a function pops on returning, or 0 if the | |
3568 | function pops no arguments and the caller must therefore pop them all | |
3569 | after the function returns. | |
3570 | ||
3571 | @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes | |
3572 | the function in question. Normally it is a node of type | |
3573 | @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function. | |
e3c541f0 | 3574 | From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function. |
889fd92b | 3575 | |
3576 | @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that | |
3577 | describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type | |
3578 | @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function. | |
3579 | From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and | |
3580 | arguments (if known). | |
3581 | ||
071cd279 | 3582 | When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl} |
889fd92b | 3583 | will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if |
3584 | you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so | |
3585 | by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means | |
3586 | a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially | |
3587 | in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled. | |
3588 | ||
3589 | @var{stack-size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the | |
3590 | stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and | |
3591 | argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function. | |
3592 | ||
6c842310 | 3593 | On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition |
889fd92b | 3594 | of this macro is @var{stack-size}. On the 68000, using the standard |
3595 | calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of | |
3596 | the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling | |
3597 | convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of | |
3598 | arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop | |
3599 | nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use, | |
3600 | @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed | |
3601 | number of arguments. | |
d37d6c0b | 3602 | @end defmac |
87e19636 | 3603 | |
d37d6c0b | 3604 | @defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum}) |
87e19636 | 3605 | A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence |
3606 | pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} | |
3607 | when compiling a function call. | |
3608 | ||
3609 | @var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function | |
3610 | have been accumulated. | |
3611 | ||
3612 | On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used | |
3613 | that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments | |
3614 | that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the | |
3615 | call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not | |
3616 | appropriate. | |
d37d6c0b | 3617 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3618 | |
3619 | @node Register Arguments | |
3620 | @subsection Passing Arguments in Registers | |
3621 | @cindex arguments in registers | |
3622 | @cindex registers arguments | |
3623 | ||
3624 | This section describes the macros which let you control how various | |
3625 | types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in | |
3626 | the stack. | |
3627 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3628 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named}) |
889fd92b | 3629 | A C expression that controls whether a function argument is passed |
3630 | in a register, and which register. | |
3631 | ||
3632 | The arguments are @var{cum}, which summarizes all the previous | |
3633 | arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type}, | |
3634 | the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known | |
3635 | (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named}, | |
3636 | which is 1 for an ordinary argument and 0 for nameless arguments that | |
3637 | correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called function's prototype. | |
dd224760 | 3638 | @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a syntax error has previously |
3639 | occurred. | |
889fd92b | 3640 | |
3641 | The value of the expression is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the | |
3642 | hard register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the | |
3643 | argument on the stack. | |
3644 | ||
6c842310 | 3645 | For machines like the VAX and 68000, where normally all arguments are |
889fd92b | 3646 | pushed, zero suffices as a definition. |
3647 | ||
0858e3a2 | 3648 | The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is |
889fd92b | 3649 | used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the |
2ecf0503 | 3650 | @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The |
889fd92b | 3651 | @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one |
65f736d8 | 3652 | describes where part of the argument is passed. In each |
3653 | @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard | |
3654 | register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the | |
3655 | register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The | |
3656 | second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives | |
3657 | the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts. | |
3b0848a2 | 3658 | As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel} |
e9412714 | 3659 | RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire |
3660 | argument is also stored on the stack. | |
889fd92b | 3661 | |
a9f4b9f7 | 3662 | The last time this macro is called, it is called with @code{MODE == |
3663 | VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value} | |
3664 | pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively. | |
3665 | ||
889fd92b | 3666 | @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments |
78b1f616 | 3667 | The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a machine |
889fd92b | 3668 | where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to cause |
3669 | nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is done | |
3670 | by making @code{FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever @var{named} is 0. | |
3671 | ||
0336f0f0 | 3672 | @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{FUNCTION_ARG} |
889fd92b | 3673 | @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{FUNCTION_ARG} |
0336f0f0 | 3674 | You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack} |
889fd92b | 3675 | in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a |
3676 | type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} | |
f45856ef | 3677 | is not defined and @code{FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an |
889fd92b | 3678 | argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is |
3679 | defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into | |
3680 | a register. | |
d37d6c0b | 3681 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3682 | |
0336f0f0 | 3683 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (enum machine_mode @var{mode}, tree @var{type}) |
3684 | This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type} | |
3685 | solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a | |
04144be4 | 3686 | definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional |
3687 | documentation. | |
0336f0f0 | 3688 | @end deftypefn |
04144be4 | 3689 | |
d37d6c0b | 3690 | @defmac FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named}) |
889fd92b | 3691 | Define this macro if the target machine has ``register windows'', so |
3692 | that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not | |
3693 | necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the | |
3694 | argument. | |
3695 | ||
3696 | For such machines, @code{FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in which | |
3697 | the caller passes the value, and @code{FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should | |
3698 | be defined in a similar fashion to tell the function being called | |
3699 | where the arguments will arrive. | |
3700 | ||
3701 | If @code{FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined, @code{FUNCTION_ARG} | |
f36eeacd | 3702 | serves both purposes. |
d37d6c0b | 3703 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3704 | |
d37d6c0b | 3705 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named}) |
889fd92b | 3706 | A C expression for the number of words, at the beginning of an |
f683a26b | 3707 | argument, that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for |
889fd92b | 3708 | arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely |
3709 | pushed on the stack. | |
3710 | ||
3711 | On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in | |
3712 | registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the | |
3713 | first @var{n} words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest | |
3714 | on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a | |
3715 | structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed | |
3716 | in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the | |
3717 | compiler when this occurs, and how many of the words should go in | |
3718 | registers. | |
3719 | ||
3720 | @code{FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first | |
3721 | register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise | |
3722 | @code{FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function. | |
d37d6c0b | 3723 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3724 | |
b981d932 | 3725 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *@var{cum}, enum machine_mode @var{mode}, tree @var{type}, bool @var{named}) |
3726 | This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the | |
3727 | position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This | |
3728 | predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being | |
3729 | passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}. | |
3730 | ||
3731 | If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a | |
889fd92b | 3732 | pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself. |
3733 | The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer | |
3734 | to that type. | |
b981d932 | 3735 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 3736 | |
d37d6c0b | 3737 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named}) |
889fd92b | 3738 | If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is the called function's |
3739 | responsibility to make a copy of arguments passed by invisible reference. | |
3740 | Normally, the caller makes a copy and passes the address of the copy to the | |
70c2c81c | 3741 | routine being called. When @code{FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES} is defined and is |
889fd92b | 3742 | nonzero, the caller does not make a copy. Instead, it passes a pointer to the |
3743 | ``live'' value. The called function must not modify this value. If it can be | |
3744 | determined that the value won't be modified, it need not make a copy; | |
3745 | otherwise a copy must be made. | |
d37d6c0b | 3746 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3747 | |
d37d6c0b | 3748 | @defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS |
889fd92b | 3749 | A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument of |
3750 | @code{FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some target machines, | |
3751 | the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number of bytes of | |
3752 | argument so far. | |
3753 | ||
3754 | There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the | |
3755 | arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other | |
3756 | variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all | |
3757 | arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in | |
3758 | @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and | |
3759 | should not be empty, so use @code{int}. | |
d37d6c0b | 3760 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3761 | |
30c70355 | 3762 | @defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args}) |
d37d6c0b | 3763 | A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable |
3764 | @var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The | |
3765 | variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype} | |
3766 | is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive | |
3767 | the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function. | |
3768 | For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the | |
3769 | declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when | |
3770 | @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function | |
30c70355 | 3771 | being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named |
3772 | arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a | |
3773 | parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments, | |
3774 | @var{n_named_args} is set to -1. | |
889fd92b | 3775 | |
3776 | When processing a call to a compiler support library function, | |
3777 | @var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which | |
3778 | contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when | |
3779 | an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this | |
3780 | macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but | |
3781 | never both of them at once. | |
d37d6c0b | 3782 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3783 | |
d37d6c0b | 3784 | @defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname}) |
e1efd914 | 3785 | Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls, |
3786 | it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be | |
3787 | @code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro | |
3788 | is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname, | |
3789 | 0)} is used instead. | |
d37d6c0b | 3790 | @end defmac |
e1efd914 | 3791 | |
d37d6c0b | 3792 | @defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}) |
889fd92b | 3793 | Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of |
3794 | finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is | |
3795 | undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead. | |
3796 | ||
3797 | The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines | |
0858e3a2 | 3798 | with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The |
889fd92b | 3799 | argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with |
3800 | @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. | |
3801 | @c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe. | |
3802 | @c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93 | |
d37d6c0b | 3803 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3804 | |
d37d6c0b | 3805 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named}) |
889fd92b | 3806 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the summarizer variable |
3807 | @var{cum} to advance past an argument in the argument list. The | |
3808 | values @var{mode}, @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. | |
3809 | Once this is done, the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing | |
f36eeacd | 3810 | the @emph{following} argument with @code{FUNCTION_ARG}, etc. |
889fd92b | 3811 | |
3812 | This macro need not do anything if the argument in question was passed | |
3813 | on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space | |
3814 | used for arguments without any special help. | |
d37d6c0b | 3815 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3816 | |
d37d6c0b | 3817 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}) |
889fd92b | 3818 | If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction, |
3819 | to pad out an argument with extra space. The value should be of type | |
3820 | @code{enum direction}: either @code{upward} to pad above the argument, | |
3821 | @code{downward} to pad below, or @code{none} to inhibit padding. | |
3822 | ||
3823 | The @emph{amount} of padding is always just enough to reach the next | |
3824 | multiple of @code{FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY}; this macro does not control | |
3825 | it. | |
3826 | ||
3827 | This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems. | |
3828 | For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For | |
3829 | big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of | |
3830 | constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise. | |
d37d6c0b | 3831 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3832 | |
d37d6c0b | 3833 | @defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN |
3b0848a2 | 3834 | If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default |
3835 | implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the | |
726e2588 | 3836 | next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as |
3837 | controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such | |
3838 | arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true. | |
d37d6c0b | 3839 | @end defmac |
726e2588 | 3840 | |
5f4cd670 | 3841 | @defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first}) |
3842 | Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and | |
3843 | memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this | |
3844 | macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian | |
3845 | machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular, | |
3846 | @code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in | |
3847 | registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example, | |
3848 | a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so | |
3849 | required. | |
3850 | @end defmac | |
3851 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3852 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY (@var{mode}, @var{type}) |
889fd92b | 3853 | If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits, |
3854 | of an argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined, | |
3855 | @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} is used for all arguments. | |
d37d6c0b | 3856 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3857 | |
d37d6c0b | 3858 | @defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 3859 | A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard |
3860 | register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does | |
3861 | @emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and | |
3862 | the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be | |
3863 | used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the | |
3864 | stack. | |
d37d6c0b | 3865 | @end defmac |
562c48ae | 3866 | |
92d40bc4 | 3867 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG (tree @var{type}) |
3868 | This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed | |
3869 | as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex | |
3870 | arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments | |
3871 | to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on | |
3872 | AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point | |
3873 | registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating | |
3874 | point register. | |
3875 | ||
3876 | The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always | |
3877 | false. | |
3878 | @end deftypefn | |
915e81b8 | 3879 | |
e0eca1fa | 3880 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} tree TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR (tree @var{valist}, tree @var{type}, tree *@var{pre_p}, tree *@var{post_p}) |
3881 | This hook performs target-specific gimplification of | |
3882 | @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the | |
3883 | arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in | |
3884 | @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}. | |
e0eca1fa | 3885 | @end deftypefn |
3886 | ||
889fd92b | 3887 | @node Scalar Return |
3888 | @subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned | |
3889 | @cindex return values in registers | |
3890 | @cindex values, returned by functions | |
3891 | @cindex scalars, returned as values | |
3892 | ||
3893 | This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as | |
3894 | values---values that can fit in registers. | |
3895 | ||
d37d6c0b | 3896 | @defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func}) |
889fd92b | 3897 | A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a |
3898 | function returns a value of data type @var{valtype}. @var{valtype} is | |
3899 | a tree node representing a data type. Write @code{TYPE_MODE | |
3900 | (@var{valtype})} to get the machine mode used to represent that type. | |
3901 | On many machines, only the mode is relevant. (Actually, on most | |
3902 | machines, scalar values are returned in the same place regardless of | |
f36eeacd | 3903 | mode). |
889fd92b | 3904 | |
3905 | The value of the expression is usually a @code{reg} RTX for the hard | |
3906 | register where the return value is stored. The value can also be a | |
3907 | @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in multiple places. See | |
3908 | @code{FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the @code{parallel} form. | |
3909 | ||
627d3c8e | 3910 | If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply the same |
889fd92b | 3911 | promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if @var{valtype} is a |
3912 | scalar type. | |
3913 | ||
3914 | If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree | |
3915 | node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null | |
3916 | pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning | |
3917 | convention for specific functions when all their calls are | |
f36eeacd | 3918 | known. |
889fd92b | 3919 | |
3920 | @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return vales with aggregate data | |
3921 | types, because these are returned in another way. See | |
8a0686b1 | 3922 | @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below. |
d37d6c0b | 3923 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3924 | |
d37d6c0b | 3925 | @defmac FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func}) |
889fd92b | 3926 | Define this macro if the target machine has ``register windows'' |
3927 | so that the register in which a function returns its value is not | |
3928 | the same as the one in which the caller sees the value. | |
3929 | ||
3930 | For such machines, @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} computes the register in which | |
3931 | the caller will see the value. @code{FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE} should be | |
3932 | defined in a similar fashion to tell the function where to put the | |
f36eeacd | 3933 | value. |
889fd92b | 3934 | |
3935 | If @code{FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE} is not defined, | |
f36eeacd | 3936 | @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} serves both purposes. |
889fd92b | 3937 | |
3938 | @code{FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE} is not used for return vales with | |
3939 | aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See | |
8a0686b1 | 3940 | @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below. |
d37d6c0b | 3941 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3942 | |
d37d6c0b | 3943 | @defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 3944 | A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library |
3945 | function returns a value of mode @var{mode}. If the precise function | |
3946 | being called is known, @var{func} is a tree node | |
3947 | (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null | |
3948 | pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning | |
3949 | convention for specific functions when all their calls are | |
f36eeacd | 3950 | known. |
889fd92b | 3951 | |
3952 | Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler | |
3953 | support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known | |
3954 | specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being | |
3955 | compiled. | |
3956 | ||
3957 | The definition of @code{LIBRARY_VALUE} need not be concerned aggregate | |
3958 | data types, because none of the library functions returns such types. | |
d37d6c0b | 3959 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3960 | |
d37d6c0b | 3961 | @defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 3962 | A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard |
3963 | register in which the values of called function may come back. | |
3964 | ||
3965 | A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the | |
3966 | second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be | |
3967 | recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition | |
3968 | suffices: | |
3969 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 3970 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 3971 | #define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0) |
a0ecd6b1 | 3972 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 3973 | |
3974 | If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called | |
3975 | function use different registers for the return value, this macro | |
3976 | should recognize only the caller's register numbers. | |
d37d6c0b | 3977 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3978 | |
d37d6c0b | 3979 | @defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE |
889fd92b | 3980 | Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return} |
3981 | need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for | |
3982 | saving and restoring an arbitrary return value. | |
d37d6c0b | 3983 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 3984 | |
2c8ff1ed | 3985 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB (tree @var{type}) |
3986 | This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned | |
3987 | at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are | |
3988 | padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type} | |
3989 | is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this. | |
3990 | ||
3991 | Note that the register provided by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} must be able | |
3992 | to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2- or 3-byte | |
3993 | structure is returned at the most significant end of a 4-byte register, | |
3994 | @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an @code{SImode} rtx. | |
3995 | @end deftypefn | |
3996 | ||
889fd92b | 3997 | @node Aggregate Return |
3998 | @subsection How Large Values Are Returned | |
3999 | @cindex aggregates as return values | |
4000 | @cindex large return values | |
4001 | @cindex returning aggregate values | |
4002 | @cindex structure value address | |
4003 | ||
4004 | When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other | |
4005 | cases), the value is not returned according to @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} | |
4006 | (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the caller passes the address of a | |
4007 | block of memory in which the value should be stored. This address | |
4008 | is called the @dfn{structure value address}. | |
4009 | ||
4010 | This section describes how to control returning structure values in | |
4011 | memory. | |
4012 | ||
e920c3d4 | 4013 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY (tree @var{type}, tree @var{fntype}) |
45550790 | 4014 | This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the |
4015 | function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned. | |
4016 | Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype} | |
4017 | will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for | |
4018 | libcalls. | |
889fd92b | 4019 | |
4020 | Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled | |
45550790 | 4021 | by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return} |
889fd92b | 4022 | takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is |
45550790 | 4023 | possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default |
889fd92b | 4024 | definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode} |
4025 | values, and 0 otherwise. | |
4026 | ||
45550790 | 4027 | Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always |
889fd92b | 4028 | be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN} |
4029 | to indicate this. | |
45550790 | 4030 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 4031 | |
d37d6c0b | 4032 | @defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN |
889fd92b | 4033 | Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be |
4034 | in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined | |
0858e3a2 | 4035 | only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@. |
889fd92b | 4036 | If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure |
e920c3d4 | 4037 | and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY} |
4038 | target hook. | |
889fd92b | 4039 | |
4040 | If not defined, this defaults to the value 1. | |
d37d6c0b | 4041 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4042 | |
45550790 | 4043 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} rtx TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX (tree @var{fndecl}, int @var{incoming}) |
4044 | This target hook should return the location of the structure value | |
4045 | address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is | |
4046 | passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may | |
10ec06d3 | 4047 | be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target |
4048 | hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first | |
4049 | argument. | |
889fd92b | 4050 | |
889fd92b | 4051 | On some architectures the place where the structure value address |
4052 | is found by the called function is not the same place that the | |
4053 | caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could | |
4054 | be because the function prologue moves it to a different place. | |
45550790 | 4055 | @var{incoming} is @code{true} when the location is needed in |
4056 | the context of the called function, and @code{false} in the context of | |
4057 | the caller. | |
889fd92b | 4058 | |
45550790 | 4059 | If @var{incoming} is @code{true} and the address is to be found on the |
4060 | stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. | |
4061 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 4062 | |
d37d6c0b | 4063 | @defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN |
889fd92b | 4064 | Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine |
4065 | for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return | |
4066 | the address of a static variable containing the value. | |
4067 | ||
4068 | Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to | |
4069 | pass an address to the subroutine. | |
4070 | ||
8ae77b3c | 4071 | This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does |
4072 | nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode. | |
d37d6c0b | 4073 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4074 | |
4075 | @node Caller Saves | |
4076 | @subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation | |
4077 | ||
e8e57187 | 4078 | If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This |
889fd92b | 4079 | makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that |
4080 | must live across calls. | |
4081 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4082 | @defmac CALLER_SAVE_PROFITABLE (@var{refs}, @var{calls}) |
889fd92b | 4083 | A C expression to determine whether it is worthwhile to consider placing |
4084 | a pseudo-register in a call-clobbered hard register and saving and | |
4085 | restoring it around each function call. The expression should be 1 when | |
4086 | this is worth doing, and 0 otherwise. | |
4087 | ||
4088 | If you don't define this macro, a default is used which is good on most | |
4089 | machines: @code{4 * @var{calls} < @var{refs}}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4090 | @end defmac |
a3a64825 | 4091 | |
d37d6c0b | 4092 | @defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs}) |
a3a64825 | 4093 | A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs} |
4094 | of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If | |
4095 | @var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be | |
4096 | returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC | |
4097 | will select the smallest suitable mode. | |
d37d6c0b | 4098 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4099 | |
4100 | @node Function Entry | |
4101 | @subsection Function Entry and Exit | |
4102 | @cindex function entry and exit | |
4103 | @cindex prologue | |
4104 | @cindex epilogue | |
4105 | ||
4106 | This section describes the macros that output function entry | |
4107 | (@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code. | |
4108 | ||
17d9b0c3 | 4109 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE (FILE *@var{file}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{size}) |
4110 | If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a | |
889fd92b | 4111 | function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame, |
4112 | initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be | |
4113 | saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the | |
4114 | local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio | |
4115 | stream to which the assembler code should be output. | |
4116 | ||
4117 | The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this | |
4118 | macro. That has already been done when the macro is run. | |
4119 | ||
4120 | @findex regs_ever_live | |
4121 | To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array | |
4122 | @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register | |
4123 | @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function | |
4124 | prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the | |
17d9b0c3 | 4125 | call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use |
889fd92b | 4126 | @code{regs_ever_live}.) |
4127 | ||
4128 | On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does | |
4129 | not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if | |
4130 | they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes | |
4131 | appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used | |
4132 | registers are used in the function. | |
4133 | ||
4134 | @findex frame_pointer_needed | |
4135 | On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the | |
4136 | function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame | |
4137 | pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a | |
4138 | frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable | |
4139 | @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run | |
4140 | time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}. | |
4141 | ||
4142 | The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space | |
4143 | required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions | |
4144 | listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the | |
4145 | order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the | |
4146 | stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and | |
4147 | the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order | |
4148 | for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for | |
4149 | compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard | |
4150 | or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC | |
4151 | need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine. | |
17d9b0c3 | 4152 | @end deftypefn |
4153 | ||
11ff5d0d | 4154 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE (FILE *@var{file}) |
4155 | If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a | |
4156 | prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being | |
4157 | emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be | |
4158 | emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}. | |
4159 | @end deftypefn | |
4160 | ||
4161 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE (FILE *@var{file}) | |
4162 | If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an | |
4163 | epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being | |
4164 | emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be | |
4165 | emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}. | |
4166 | @end deftypefn | |
4167 | ||
17d9b0c3 | 4168 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE (FILE *@var{file}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{size}) |
4169 | If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a | |
4170 | function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved | |
4171 | registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was | |
4172 | called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the | |
4173 | same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the | |
4174 | registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and | |
4175 | @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way. | |
4176 | ||
4177 | On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work | |
4178 | of returning from the function. On these machines, give that | |
4179 | instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro | |
4180 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all. | |
4181 | ||
4182 | Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the | |
4183 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target | |
4184 | switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used, | |
4185 | define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the | |
4186 | target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity | |
4187 | condition is false, epilogues will be used. | |
4188 | ||
4189 | On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the | |
4190 | function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these | |
4191 | two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer | |
4192 | is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable | |
4193 | @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling | |
4194 | a function that needs a frame pointer. | |
4195 | ||
4196 | Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and | |
4197 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially. | |
4198 | The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a | |
4199 | function. @xref{Leaf Functions}. | |
4200 | ||
4201 | On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while | |
4202 | others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when | |
4203 | given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed | |
4204 | number of arguments. | |
4205 | ||
4206 | @findex current_function_pops_args | |
4207 | Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which | |
4208 | functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} | |
4209 | needs to know what was decided. The variable that is called | |
4210 | @code{current_function_pops_args} is the number of bytes of its | |
4211 | arguments that a function should pop. @xref{Scalar Return}. | |
4212 | @c what is the "its arguments" in the above sentence referring to, pray | |
4213 | @c tell? --mew 5feb93 | |
4214 | @end deftypefn | |
4215 | ||
f317b732 | 4216 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_LATE_RTL_PROLOGUE_EPILOGUE |
4217 | If set to @code{true}, it instructs the compiler to emit the RTL prologue | |
4218 | and epilogue later in the game than usual, namely after all passes that | |
4219 | modify the instructions (and not merely reorder them) have been run. In | |
4220 | particular, the C variable @code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is | |
4221 | valid at that point. This can be used on machines that have "register | |
4222 | windows" to optimize away the regular "push" on the register stack. | |
4223 | @xref{Leaf Functions}. | |
4224 | @end deftypefn | |
4225 | ||
889fd92b | 4226 | @itemize @bullet |
4227 | @item | |
4228 | @findex current_function_pretend_args_size | |
4229 | A region of @code{current_function_pretend_args_size} bytes of | |
4230 | uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the | |
4231 | stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region | |
4232 | if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack | |
4233 | arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed | |
4234 | yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This | |
4235 | region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in | |
4236 | registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the | |
7ccc713a | 4237 | features in @code{<stdarg.h>}. |
889fd92b | 4238 | |
4239 | @item | |
4240 | An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function. | |
4241 | The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as | |
4242 | the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is | |
4243 | machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used | |
4244 | in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require | |
4245 | a save area. | |
4246 | ||
4247 | @item | |
4248 | A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation | |
4249 | boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines, | |
4250 | this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the | |
4251 | save area closer to the top of the stack. | |
4252 | ||
4253 | @item | |
4254 | @cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames | |
4255 | Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of | |
4256 | @code{current_function_outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing | |
4257 | argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}. | |
4258 | @end itemize | |
4259 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4260 | @defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK |
889fd92b | 4261 | Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return |
4262 | instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack | |
4263 | pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to | |
13c5e7bf | 4264 | adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The |
4265 | default is 0. | |
889fd92b | 4266 | |
4267 | Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which | |
4268 | frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final | |
4269 | stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the | |
4270 | compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4271 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4272 | |
d37d6c0b | 4273 | @defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno}) |
3387c533 | 4274 | Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are |
889fd92b | 4275 | used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame |
4276 | pointer registers are already be assumed to be used as needed. | |
d37d6c0b | 4277 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4278 | |
d37d6c0b | 4279 | @defmac EH_USES (@var{regno}) |
1c6bdf07 | 4280 | Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are |
4281 | used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live | |
4282 | on entry to an exception edge. | |
d37d6c0b | 4283 | @end defmac |
1c6bdf07 | 4284 | |
d37d6c0b | 4285 | @defmac DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE |
889fd92b | 4286 | Define this macro if the function epilogue contains delay slots to which |
4287 | instructions from the rest of the function can be ``moved''. The | |
4288 | definition should be a C expression whose value is an integer | |
4289 | representing the number of delay slots there. | |
d37d6c0b | 4290 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4291 | |
d37d6c0b | 4292 | @defmac ELIGIBLE_FOR_EPILOGUE_DELAY (@var{insn}, @var{n}) |
889fd92b | 4293 | A C expression that returns 1 if @var{insn} can be placed in delay |
4294 | slot number @var{n} of the epilogue. | |
4295 | ||
4296 | The argument @var{n} is an integer which identifies the delay slot now | |
4297 | being considered (since different slots may have different rules of | |
4298 | eligibility). It is never negative and is always less than the number | |
4299 | of epilogue delay slots (what @code{DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE} returns). | |
4300 | If you reject a particular insn for a given delay slot, in principle, it | |
4301 | may be reconsidered for a subsequent delay slot. Also, other insns may | |
4302 | (at least in principle) be considered for the so far unfilled delay | |
4303 | slot. | |
4304 | ||
4305 | @findex current_function_epilogue_delay_list | |
4306 | @findex final_scan_insn | |
4307 | The insns accepted to fill the epilogue delay slots are put in an RTL | |
4308 | list made with @code{insn_list} objects, stored in the variable | |
4309 | @code{current_function_epilogue_delay_list}. The insn for the first | |
4310 | delay slot comes first in the list. Your definition of the macro | |
17d9b0c3 | 4311 | @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} should fill the delay slots by |
4312 | outputting the insns in this list, usually by calling | |
4313 | @code{final_scan_insn}. | |
889fd92b | 4314 | |
4315 | You need not define this macro if you did not define | |
4316 | @code{DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4317 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4318 | |
e7f5e241 | 4319 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK (FILE *@var{file}, tree @var{thunk_fndecl}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{delta}, tree @var{function}) |
c6933ba6 | 4320 | A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk |
889fd92b | 4321 | function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple |
4322 | inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function, | |
4323 | adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to | |
4324 | the real function. | |
4325 | ||
4326 | First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that | |
4327 | contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument | |
4328 | contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer | |
4329 | in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue, | |
0858f8a2 | 4330 | e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of |
889fd92b | 4331 | all other incoming arguments. |
4332 | ||
4333 | After the addition, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a | |
4334 | @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does | |
4335 | not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will | |
4336 | return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}. | |
4337 | ||
4338 | The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with | |
4339 | the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all | |
17d9b0c3 | 4340 | of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} |
4341 | and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked. | |
889fd92b | 4342 | |
4343 | The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function} | |
4344 | have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on | |
4345 | some targets, but probably not. | |
4346 | ||
071cd279 | 4347 | If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++ |
8e5fcce7 | 4348 | front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls |
071cd279 | 4349 | @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does |
4350 | not support varargs. | |
c6933ba6 | 4351 | @end deftypefn |
4352 | ||
e7f5e241 | 4353 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_VCALL_THUNK (FILE *@var{file}, tree @var{thunk_fndecl}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{delta}, int @var{vcall_offset}, tree @var{function}) |
c6933ba6 | 4354 | A function like @code{TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK}, except that if |
a99e98db | 4355 | @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be made |
c6933ba6 | 4356 | after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the |
4357 | adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made: | |
4358 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 4359 | @smallexample |
c6933ba6 | 4360 | p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)] |
a0ecd6b1 | 4361 | @end smallexample |
c6933ba6 | 4362 | |
4363 | @noindent | |
4364 | If this function is defined, it will always be used in place of | |
4365 | @code{TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK}. | |
c6933ba6 | 4366 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 4367 | |
4368 | @node Profiling | |
4369 | @subsection Generating Code for Profiling | |
4370 | @cindex profiling, code generation | |
4371 | ||
4372 | These macros will help you generate code for profiling. | |
4373 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4374 | @defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno}) |
889fd92b | 4375 | A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some |
4376 | assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}. | |
889fd92b | 4377 | |
4378 | @findex mcount | |
f712b9ff | 4379 | The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by |
0858e3a2 | 4380 | your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out, |
f712b9ff | 4381 | compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C |
4382 | compiler and look at the assembler code that results. | |
4383 | ||
4384 | Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter | |
4385 | variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is | |
4386 | @samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate | |
4387 | the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4388 | @end defmac |
f712b9ff | 4389 | |
d37d6c0b | 4390 | @defmac PROFILE_HOOK |
104d9861 | 4391 | A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly |
4392 | code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does | |
4393 | not support profiling. | |
d37d6c0b | 4394 | @end defmac |
104d9861 | 4395 | |
d37d6c0b | 4396 | @defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS |
f712b9ff | 4397 | Define this macro if the @code{mcount} subroutine on your system does |
4398 | not need a counter variable allocated for each function. This is true | |
4399 | for almost all modern implementations. If you define this macro, you | |
4400 | must not use the @var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4401 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4402 | |
d37d6c0b | 4403 | @defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE |
889fd92b | 4404 | Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before |
4405 | the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after. | |
d37d6c0b | 4406 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4407 | |
e3c541f0 | 4408 | @node Tail Calls |
4409 | @subsection Permitting tail calls | |
4410 | @cindex tail calls | |
82cac298 | 4411 | |
805e22b2 | 4412 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL (tree @var{decl}, tree @var{exp}) |
4413 | True if it is ok to do sibling call optimization for the specified | |
4414 | call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function, | |
4415 | or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call. | |
cf247f9c | 4416 | |
4417 | It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent | |
4418 | tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or | |
805e22b2 | 4419 | during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions, |
3b0848a2 | 4420 | as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a |
805e22b2 | 4421 | ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization |
4422 | may vary greatly between different architectures. | |
4423 | @end deftypefn | |
cf247f9c | 4424 | |
889fd92b | 4425 | @node Varargs |
4426 | @section Implementing the Varargs Macros | |
4427 | @cindex varargs implementation | |
4428 | ||
70c2c81c | 4429 | GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and |
4430 | @code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments | |
889fd92b | 4431 | on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of |
4432 | varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have | |
4433 | conditionals to include it. | |
4434 | ||
70c2c81c | 4435 | ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in |
889fd92b | 4436 | the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional |
4437 | implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which | |
78b1f616 | 4438 | to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of |
889fd92b | 4439 | @code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is |
4440 | supposed to write the last named argument of the function here. | |
4441 | ||
4442 | However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find | |
4443 | the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described | |
4444 | below. | |
4445 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4446 | @defmac __builtin_saveregs () |
889fd92b | 4447 | Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so |
78b1f616 | 4448 | that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional |
889fd92b | 4449 | versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless |
dfabcc74 | 4450 | you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead. |
889fd92b | 4451 | |
4452 | On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the | |
b074b706 | 4453 | control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On |
4454 | other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language, | |
4455 | found in @file{libgcc2.c}. | |
889fd92b | 4456 | |
4457 | Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the | |
4458 | beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to | |
4459 | @code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is. | |
4460 | This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts | |
4461 | to use them for its own purposes. | |
4462 | @c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew | |
4463 | @c 10feb93 | |
d37d6c0b | 4464 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4465 | |
d37d6c0b | 4466 | @defmac __builtin_args_info (@var{category}) |
889fd92b | 4467 | Use this built-in function to find the first anonymous arguments in |
4468 | registers. | |
4469 | ||
4470 | In general, a machine may have several categories of registers used for | |
4471 | arguments, each for a particular category of data types. (For example, | |
4472 | on some machines, floating-point registers are used for floating-point | |
4473 | arguments while other arguments are passed in the general registers.) | |
4474 | To make non-varargs functions use the proper calling convention, you | |
4475 | have defined the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data type to record how many | |
4476 | registers in each category have been used so far | |
4477 | ||
4478 | @code{__builtin_args_info} accesses the same data structure of type | |
4479 | @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} after the ordinary argument layout is finished | |
4480 | with it, with @var{category} specifying which word to access. Thus, the | |
4481 | value indicates the first unused register in a given category. | |
4482 | ||
4483 | Normally, you would use @code{__builtin_args_info} in the implementation | |
4484 | of @code{va_start}, accessing each category just once and storing the | |
4485 | value in the @code{va_list} object. This is because @code{va_list} will | |
4486 | have to update the values, and there is no way to alter the | |
4487 | values accessed by @code{__builtin_args_info}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4488 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4489 | |
d37d6c0b | 4490 | @defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg}) |
889fd92b | 4491 | This is the equivalent of @code{__builtin_args_info}, for stack |
4492 | arguments. It returns the address of the first anonymous stack | |
71d6ad5e | 4493 | argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it |
889fd92b | 4494 | returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack |
4495 | argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for | |
4496 | fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to | |
4497 | verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument | |
4498 | of the current function. | |
d37d6c0b | 4499 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4500 | |
d37d6c0b | 4501 | @defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object}) |
889fd92b | 4502 | Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are |
4503 | passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg} | |
4504 | has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the | |
4505 | specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together | |
4506 | with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}. | |
4507 | ||
4508 | @code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object}, | |
4509 | considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what | |
4510 | kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on. | |
4511 | ||
4512 | The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to | |
4513 | interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4514 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4515 | |
4516 | These machine description macros help implement varargs: | |
4517 | ||
45550790 | 4518 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} rtx TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (void) |
4519 | If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to | |
4520 | @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very | |
4521 | beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The | |
4522 | return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value | |
4523 | to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}. | |
4524 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 4525 | |
45550790 | 4526 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *@var{args_so_far}, enum machine_mode @var{mode}, tree @var{type}, int *@var{pretend_args_size}, int @var{second_time}) |
4527 | This target hook offers an alternative to using | |
4528 | @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook | |
4529 | @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous | |
4530 | register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to | |
4531 | have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can | |
4532 | use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that | |
4533 | pass all their arguments on the stack. | |
889fd92b | 4534 | |
45550790 | 4535 | The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data |
3387c533 | 4536 | structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the |
889fd92b | 4537 | named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the |
4538 | last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node. | |
4539 | ||
45550790 | 4540 | The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the |
4541 | argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second, | |
4542 | store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued | |
4543 | variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you | |
4544 | store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack | |
4545 | frame. | |
889fd92b | 4546 | |
4547 | Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at | |
4548 | compile time without knowing their data types, | |
45550790 | 4549 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that |
4550 | have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly | |
4551 | for all data types. | |
889fd92b | 4552 | |
4553 | If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the | |
4554 | arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This | |
4555 | happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the | |
45550790 | 4556 | end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should |
889fd92b | 4557 | not generate any instructions in this case. |
45550790 | 4558 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 4559 | |
45550790 | 4560 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *@var{ca}) |
4561 | Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function | |
997d68fe | 4562 | argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument. |
889fd92b | 4563 | |
45550790 | 4564 | This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{FUNCTION_ARG} |
4565 | is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns | |
4566 | @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named | |
4567 | arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false}, | |
4568 | but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTOGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true}, | |
4569 | then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments | |
4570 | except the last are treated as named. | |
997d68fe | 4571 | |
45550790 | 4572 | You need not define this hook if it always returns zero. |
4573 | @end deftypefn | |
8b823204 | 4574 | |
45550790 | 4575 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED |
8b823204 | 4576 | If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with |
45550790 | 4577 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither |
4578 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was | |
4579 | defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if | |
dfabcc74 | 4580 | @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise. |
45550790 | 4581 | Otherwise, you should not define this hook. |
4582 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 4583 | |
4584 | @node Trampolines | |
4585 | @section Trampolines for Nested Functions | |
4586 | @cindex trampolines for nested functions | |
4587 | @cindex nested functions, trampolines for | |
4588 | ||
4589 | A @dfn{trampoline} is a small piece of code that is created at run time | |
4590 | when the address of a nested function is taken. It normally resides on | |
4591 | the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function. These macros | |
e8e57187 | 4592 | tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and initialize a |
889fd92b | 4593 | trampoline. |
4594 | ||
4595 | The instructions in the trampoline must do two things: load a constant | |
4596 | address into the static chain register, and jump to the real address of | |
4597 | the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k, this requires | |
4598 | two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the two addresses | |
4599 | exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands. On RISC | |
4600 | machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a register in | |
4601 | two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate immediate | |
4602 | operands. | |
4603 | ||
4604 | The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable | |
4605 | parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the | |
4606 | immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is | |
4607 | simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the | |
4608 | proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it | |
4609 | may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them | |
4610 | separately. | |
4611 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4612 | @defmac TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE (@var{file}) |
889fd92b | 4613 | A C statement to output, on the stream @var{file}, assembler code for a |
4614 | block of data that contains the constant parts of a trampoline. This | |
4615 | code should not include a label---the label is taken care of | |
4616 | automatically. | |
4617 | ||
4618 | If you do not define this macro, it means no template is needed | |
4619 | for the target. Do not define this macro on systems where the block move | |
4620 | code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code | |
4621 | to generate it on the spot. | |
d37d6c0b | 4622 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4623 | |
d37d6c0b | 4624 | @defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION |
889fd92b | 4625 | The name of a subroutine to switch to the section in which the |
4626 | trampoline template is to be placed (@pxref{Sections}). The default is | |
4627 | a value of @samp{readonly_data_section}, which places the trampoline in | |
4628 | the section containing read-only data. | |
d37d6c0b | 4629 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4630 | |
d37d6c0b | 4631 | @defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE |
889fd92b | 4632 | A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer. |
d37d6c0b | 4633 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4634 | |
d37d6c0b | 4635 | @defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT |
889fd92b | 4636 | Alignment required for trampolines, in bits. |
4637 | ||
4638 | If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} | |
4639 | is used for aligning trampolines. | |
d37d6c0b | 4640 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4641 | |
d37d6c0b | 4642 | @defmac INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE (@var{addr}, @var{fnaddr}, @var{static_chain}) |
889fd92b | 4643 | A C statement to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline. |
4644 | @var{addr} is an RTX for the address of the trampoline; @var{fnaddr} is | |
4645 | an RTX for the address of the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an | |
4646 | RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function | |
4647 | when it is called. | |
d37d6c0b | 4648 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4649 | |
d37d6c0b | 4650 | @defmac TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS (@var{addr}) |
3f27e198 | 4651 | A C statement that should perform any machine-specific adjustment in |
4652 | the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address that | |
4653 | was passed to @code{INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE}. In case the address to be | |
4654 | used for a function call should be different from the address in which | |
4655 | the template was stored, the different address should be assigned to | |
4656 | @var{addr}. If this macro is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for | |
4657 | function calls. | |
4658 | ||
17d9b0c3 | 4659 | @cindex @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} and trampolines |
4660 | @cindex @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and trampolines | |
889fd92b | 4661 | If this macro is not defined, by default the trampoline is allocated as |
4662 | a stack slot. This default is right for most machines. The exceptions | |
4663 | are machines where it is impossible to execute instructions in the stack | |
4664 | area. On such machines, you may have to implement a separate stack, | |
17d9b0c3 | 4665 | using this macro in conjunction with @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} |
4666 | and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}. | |
889fd92b | 4667 | |
4668 | @var{fp} points to a data structure, a @code{struct function}, which | |
4669 | describes the compilation status of the immediate containing function of | |
e7c55e4c | 4670 | the function which the trampoline is for. The stack slot for the |
889fd92b | 4671 | trampoline is in the stack frame of this containing function. Other |
4672 | allocation strategies probably must do something analogous with this | |
4673 | information. | |
d37d6c0b | 4674 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4675 | |
4676 | Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have | |
4677 | separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location | |
4678 | fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program | |
4679 | jumps to that location, it executes the old contents. | |
4680 | ||
4681 | Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of | |
4682 | the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to | |
4683 | make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard | |
4684 | subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the | |
4685 | latter makes initialization faster. | |
4686 | ||
4687 | To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define | |
6fa2a5a8 | 4688 | the following macro. |
889fd92b | 4689 | |
d37d6c0b | 4690 | @defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end}) |
889fd92b | 4691 | If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction |
6fa2a5a8 | 4692 | cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would |
4693 | typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and | |
4694 | @var{end} are both pointer expressions. | |
d37d6c0b | 4695 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4696 | |
4697 | To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition, | |
4698 | you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire | |
4699 | cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the | |
4700 | beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in | |
4701 | its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide. | |
4702 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4703 | @defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE |
889fd92b | 4704 | Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their |
4705 | work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements | |
0858e3a2 | 4706 | which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named |
889fd92b | 4707 | @code{__transfer_from_trampoline}. |
4708 | ||
4709 | If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled | |
4710 | C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a | |
4711 | special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm} | |
4712 | statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label | |
4713 | global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your | |
4714 | special assembler code. | |
d37d6c0b | 4715 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4716 | |
4717 | @node Library Calls | |
4718 | @section Implicit Calls to Library Routines | |
4719 | @cindex library subroutine names | |
4720 | @cindex @file{libgcc.a} | |
4721 | ||
4722 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
4723 | Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines. | |
4724 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4725 | @defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES |
856ba90e | 4726 | This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get |
4727 | expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to | |
ef8d967c | 4728 | provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there |
856ba90e | 4729 | are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide. |
d37d6c0b | 4730 | @end defmac |
856ba90e | 4731 | |
f2f543a3 | 4732 | @findex init_one_libfunc |
4733 | @findex set_optab_libfunc | |
4734 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS (void) | |
4735 | This hook should declare additional library routines or rename | |
4736 | existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and | |
4737 | @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}. | |
4738 | @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal | |
4739 | library routines. | |
889fd92b | 4740 | |
f2f543a3 | 4741 | The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook. |
4742 | @end deftypefn | |
6f71c48d | 4743 | |
a16f837d | 4744 | @defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison}) |
f2f543a3 | 4745 | This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that |
4746 | implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in | |
4747 | mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will | |
4748 | return a tristate. | |
4749 | ||
4750 | GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the | |
4751 | comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports | |
4752 | don't need to define this macro. | |
4753 | @end defmac | |
4754 | ||
4755 | @cindex US Software GOFAST, floating point emulation library | |
4756 | @cindex floating point emulation library, US Software GOFAST | |
4757 | @cindex GOFAST, floating point emulation library | |
4758 | @findex gofast_maybe_init_libfuncs | |
4759 | @defmac US_SOFTWARE_GOFAST | |
4760 | Define this macro if your system C library uses the US Software GOFAST | |
894b8fd9 | 4761 | library to provide floating point emulation. |
f2f543a3 | 4762 | |
4763 | In addition to defining this macro, your architecture must set | |
4764 | @code{TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS} to @code{gofast_maybe_init_libfuncs}, or | |
4765 | else call that function from its version of that hook. It is defined | |
4766 | in @file{config/gofast.h}, which must be included by your | |
4767 | architecture's @file{@var{cpu}.c} file. See @file{sparc/sparc.c} for | |
4768 | an example. | |
4769 | ||
4770 | If this macro is defined, the | |
4771 | @code{TARGET_FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL} target hook must return | |
4772 | false for @code{SFmode} and @code{DFmode} comparisons. | |
d37d6c0b | 4773 | @end defmac |
6f71c48d | 4774 | |
889fd92b | 4775 | @cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage |
d37d6c0b | 4776 | @findex matherr |
4777 | @defmac TARGET_EDOM | |
889fd92b | 4778 | The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant |
e8e57187 | 4779 | expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to |
889fd92b | 4780 | deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in |
4781 | @file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your | |
4782 | system. | |
4783 | ||
4784 | If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports | |
4785 | domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the | |
4786 | error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when | |
4787 | there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so | |
4788 | that @code{matherr} is used normally. | |
d37d6c0b | 4789 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4790 | |
889fd92b | 4791 | @cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage |
d37d6c0b | 4792 | @defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX |
889fd92b | 4793 | Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that |
4794 | refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems, | |
4795 | @code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this | |
4796 | macro, a reasonable default is used. | |
d37d6c0b | 4797 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4798 | |
0a68165a | 4799 | @cindex C99 math functions, implicit usage |
d37d6c0b | 4800 | @defmac TARGET_C99_FUNCTIONS |
0a68165a | 4801 | When this macro is nonzero, GCC will implicitly optimize @code{sin} calls into |
42cc08b5 | 4802 | @code{sinf} and similarly for other functions defined by C99 standard. The |
0a68165a | 4803 | default is nonzero that should be proper value for most modern systems, however |
4804 | number of existing systems lacks support for these functions in the runtime so | |
4805 | they needs this macro to be redefined to 0. | |
d37d6c0b | 4806 | @end defmac |
0a68165a | 4807 | |
d37d6c0b | 4808 | @defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME |
3db5236b | 4809 | Define this macro to generate code for Objective-C message sending using |
889fd92b | 4810 | the calling convention of the NeXT system. This calling convention |
4811 | involves passing the object, the selector and the method arguments all | |
4812 | at once to the method-lookup library function. | |
4813 | ||
4814 | The default calling convention passes just the object and the selector | |
4815 | to the lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method. | |
d37d6c0b | 4816 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4817 | |
4818 | @node Addressing Modes | |
4819 | @section Addressing Modes | |
4820 | @cindex addressing modes | |
4821 | ||
4822 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
4823 | This is about addressing modes. | |
4824 | ||
d37d6c0b | 4825 | @defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT |
4826 | @defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
4827 | @defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
4828 | @defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT | |
f45856ef | 4829 | A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment, |
48a3cfe4 | 4830 | pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively. |
d37d6c0b | 4831 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4832 | |
d37d6c0b | 4833 | @defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP |
4834 | @defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP | |
f45856ef | 4835 | A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or |
48a3cfe4 | 4836 | post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than |
4837 | the size of the memory operand. | |
d37d6c0b | 4838 | @end defmac |
dddae62f | 4839 | |
d37d6c0b | 4840 | @defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG |
4841 | @defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG | |
f45856ef | 4842 | A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or |
48a3cfe4 | 4843 | post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement. |
d37d6c0b | 4844 | @end defmac |
dddae62f | 4845 | |
d37d6c0b | 4846 | @defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x}) |
889fd92b | 4847 | A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which |
4848 | is a valid address. On most machines, this can be defined as | |
4849 | @code{CONSTANT_P (@var{x})}, but a few machines are more restrictive | |
4850 | in which constant addresses are supported. | |
d37d6c0b | 4851 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4852 | |
d37d6c0b | 4853 | @defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) |
4854 | @code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code, | |
4855 | accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly | |
4856 | known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high} | |
4857 | expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to | |
4858 | @code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions. | |
4859 | @end defmac | |
889fd92b | 4860 | |
d37d6c0b | 4861 | @defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS |
889fd92b | 4862 | A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid |
4863 | memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to | |
4864 | the maximum number that @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} would ever | |
4865 | accept. | |
d37d6c0b | 4866 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4867 | |
d37d6c0b | 4868 | @defmac GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label}) |
889fd92b | 4869 | A C compound statement with a conditional @code{goto @var{label};} |
4870 | executed if @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory address on the | |
4871 | target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}. | |
4872 | ||
4873 | It usually pays to define several simpler macros to serve as | |
4874 | subroutines for this one. Otherwise it may be too complicated to | |
4875 | understand. | |
4876 | ||
4877 | This macro must exist in two variants: a strict variant and a | |
4878 | non-strict one. The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It | |
4879 | must be defined so that any pseudo-register that has not been | |
4880 | allocated a hard register is considered a memory reference. In | |
4881 | contexts where some kind of register is required, a pseudo-register | |
4882 | with no hard register must be rejected. | |
4883 | ||
4884 | The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to | |
4885 | accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of | |
4886 | register is required. | |
4887 | ||
4888 | @findex REG_OK_STRICT | |
4889 | Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this | |
4890 | macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an | |
4891 | @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant | |
4892 | in that case and the non-strict variant otherwise. | |
4893 | ||
4894 | Subroutines to check for acceptable registers for various purposes (one | |
4895 | for base registers, one for index registers, and so on) are typically | |
4896 | among the subroutines used to define @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}. | |
4897 | Then only these subroutine macros need have two variants; the higher | |
f36eeacd | 4898 | levels of macros may be the same whether strict or not. |
889fd92b | 4899 | |
4900 | Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref} | |
4901 | and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as | |
4902 | constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums | |
4903 | specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply | |
4904 | recognize any @code{const} as legitimate. | |
4905 | ||
4906 | Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant | |
4907 | sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked | |
4908 | @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such | |
4909 | naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will | |
4910 | be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}. | |
4911 | ||
7811991d | 4912 | @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation |
889fd92b | 4913 | On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on |
4914 | the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the | |
7811991d | 4915 | target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information |
4916 | into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a | |
889fd92b | 4917 | @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the |
4918 | @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler | |
4919 | Format}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4920 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4921 | |
d37d6c0b | 4922 | @defmac REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{x}) |
889fd92b | 4923 | A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} (assumed to be a @code{reg} |
4924 | RTX) is valid for use as a base register. For hard registers, it | |
4925 | should always accept those which the hardware permits and reject the | |
4926 | others. Whether the macro accepts or rejects pseudo registers must be | |
4927 | controlled by @code{REG_OK_STRICT} as described above. This usually | |
4928 | requires two variant definitions, of which @code{REG_OK_STRICT} | |
4929 | controls the one actually used. | |
d37d6c0b | 4930 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4931 | |
d37d6c0b | 4932 | @defmac REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{x}, @var{mode}) |
071cd279 | 4933 | A C expression that is just like @code{REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that |
4934 | that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in | |
4935 | @var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory | |
4936 | reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If | |
4937 | you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of | |
4938 | @code{REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. | |
d37d6c0b | 4939 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 4940 | |
d37d6c0b | 4941 | @defmac REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{x}) |
889fd92b | 4942 | A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} (assumed to be a @code{reg} |
4943 | RTX) is valid for use as an index register. | |
4944 | ||
4945 | The difference between an index register and a base register is that | |
4946 | the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of | |
4947 | two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be | |
4948 | labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever | |
4949 | labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers | |
4950 | may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings, | |
4951 | looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers | |
4952 | only if neither labeling works. | |
d37d6c0b | 4953 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4954 | |
d37d6c0b | 4955 | @defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x}) |
15750b1e | 4956 | A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x}. |
4957 | This macro is used in only one place: `find_base_term' in alias.c. | |
4958 | ||
4959 | It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so | |
4960 | that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses. | |
4961 | ||
4962 | The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing | |
0858e3a2 | 4963 | a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@. |
d37d6c0b | 4964 | @end defmac |
15750b1e | 4965 | |
d37d6c0b | 4966 | @defmac LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{oldx}, @var{mode}, @var{win}) |
889fd92b | 4967 | A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x} with a valid |
4968 | memory address for an operand of mode @var{mode}. @var{win} will be a | |
4969 | C statement label elsewhere in the code; the macro definition may use | |
4970 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 4971 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 4972 | GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{win}); |
a0ecd6b1 | 4973 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 4974 | |
4975 | @noindent | |
4976 | to avoid further processing if the address has become legitimate. | |
4977 | ||
4978 | @findex break_out_memory_refs | |
4979 | @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs}, | |
4980 | and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce | |
4981 | @var{x}. | |
4982 | ||
4983 | The code generated by this macro should not alter the substructure of | |
4984 | @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it | |
4985 | should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value. | |
4986 | ||
4987 | It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate | |
4988 | address. The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In | |
16fd8669 | 4989 | fact, it is safe to omit this macro. But often a |
889fd92b | 4990 | machine-dependent strategy can generate better code. |
d37d6c0b | 4991 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 4992 | |
d37d6c0b | 4993 | @defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win}) |
f64bc32a | 4994 | A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address |
4995 | that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode | |
4996 | @var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code. | |
4997 | It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for | |
3b0848a2 | 4998 | performance reasons. |
f64bc32a | 4999 | |
5000 | For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single | |
5001 | reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo | |
5002 | registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC | |
5003 | processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address | |
5004 | needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining | |
70c2c81c | 5005 | @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses |
f64bc32a | 5006 | generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus |
5007 | be shared. | |
5008 | ||
73a69254 | 5009 | @emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary |
5010 | to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this, | |
5011 | and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge | |
5012 | of reload internals. | |
f64bc32a | 5013 | |
861aa17f | 5014 | @emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a |
5015 | previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses | |
5016 | then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort. | |
5017 | ||
f64bc32a | 5018 | @findex push_reload |
73a69254 | 5019 | The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that |
5020 | need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually | |
5021 | suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}. | |
f64bc32a | 5022 | |
73a69254 | 5023 | The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of |
f64bc32a | 5024 | @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it |
5025 | should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value. | |
5026 | This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling | |
5027 | @code{push_reload}. | |
5028 | ||
73a69254 | 5029 | @findex strict_memory_address_p |
5030 | The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if | |
5031 | the address has become legitimate. | |
5032 | ||
f64bc32a | 5033 | @findex copy_rtx |
5034 | If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing | |
5035 | this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that is unshares only a | |
5036 | single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the | |
8e5fcce7 | 5037 | top level, you'll need to replace first the top level. |
f64bc32a | 5038 | It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate |
5039 | address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code. | |
d37d6c0b | 5040 | @end defmac |
f64bc32a | 5041 | |
d37d6c0b | 5042 | @defmac GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS (@var{addr}, @var{label}) |
889fd92b | 5043 | A C statement or compound statement with a conditional @code{goto |
5044 | @var{label};} executed if memory address @var{x} (an RTX) can have | |
5045 | different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory | |
5046 | reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes | |
5047 | but not others. | |
5048 | ||
5049 | Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent | |
5050 | effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size | |
5051 | of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent | |
5052 | addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses. | |
5053 | ||
5054 | You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine. | |
d37d6c0b | 5055 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5056 | |
d37d6c0b | 5057 | @defmac LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) |
889fd92b | 5058 | A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for |
5059 | an immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that | |
5060 | @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this. In fact, | |
5061 | @samp{1} is a suitable definition for this macro on machines where | |
f36eeacd | 5062 | anything @code{CONSTANT_P} is valid. |
d37d6c0b | 5063 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5064 | |
5065 | @node Condition Code | |
5066 | @section Condition Code Status | |
5067 | @cindex condition code status | |
5068 | ||
5069 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
5070 | This describes the condition code status. | |
5071 | ||
5072 | @findex cc_status | |
5073 | The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to | |
5074 | describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of | |
5075 | the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by). This | |
5076 | variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is | |
5077 | currently based, and several standard flags. | |
5078 | ||
5079 | Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine | |
5080 | description header file. It can also add additional machine-specific | |
5081 | information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}. | |
5082 | ||
d37d6c0b | 5083 | @defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP |
889fd92b | 5084 | C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep} |
5085 | component of @code{cc_status}. It defaults to @code{int}. | |
5086 | ||
5087 | This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5088 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5089 | |
d37d6c0b | 5090 | @defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT |
889fd92b | 5091 | A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''. |
5092 | The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use | |
5093 | the field anyway. If you want to use the field, you should probably | |
5094 | define this macro to initialize it. | |
5095 | ||
5096 | This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5097 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5098 | |
d37d6c0b | 5099 | @defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn}) |
889fd92b | 5100 | A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status} |
5101 | appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}. It is | |
5102 | this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition | |
5103 | code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly | |
5104 | set @code{(cc0)}. | |
5105 | ||
5106 | This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}. | |
5107 | ||
5108 | If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter | |
5109 | other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they | |
5110 | invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as | |
5111 | reflecting. For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address | |
5112 | registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually | |
5113 | @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such | |
5114 | insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code | |
5115 | based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new | |
5116 | value in @samp{a4}. Although the condition code is not changed by | |
5117 | this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of | |
5118 | @samp{a4@@(102)}. Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter | |
5119 | @code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the | |
5120 | condition code value. | |
5121 | ||
5122 | The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal | |
5123 | with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are | |
5124 | @code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or | |
5125 | constants which are just the operands. The RTL structure of these | |
5126 | insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do. What | |
5127 | @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run | |
5128 | @code{CC_STATUS_INIT}. | |
5129 | ||
5130 | A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function | |
5131 | that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example, | |
5132 | @samp{cc}. This avoids having detailed information about patterns in | |
5133 | two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5134 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5135 | |
d37d6c0b | 5136 | @defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y}) |
889fd92b | 5137 | Returns a mode from class @code{MODE_CC} to be used when comparison |
5138 | operation code @var{op} is applied to rtx @var{x} and @var{y}. For | |
7800959d | 5139 | example, on the SPARC, @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} is defined as (see |
889fd92b | 5140 | @pxref{Jump Patterns} for a description of the reason for this |
5141 | definition) | |
5142 | ||
5143 | @smallexample | |
5144 | #define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \ | |
5145 | (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \ | |
5146 | ? ((OP == EQ || OP == NE) ? CCFPmode : CCFPEmode) \ | |
5147 | : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \ | |
5148 | || GET_CODE (X) == NEG) \ | |
5149 | ? CC_NOOVmode : CCmode)) | |
5150 | @end smallexample | |
5151 | ||
15460c97 | 5152 | You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes |
5153 | in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5154 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5155 | |
d37d6c0b | 5156 | @defmac CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON (@var{code}, @var{op0}, @var{op1}) |
3387c533 | 5157 | On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can |
889fd92b | 5158 | convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha |
5159 | does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT} | |
5160 | comparison instead and swap the order of the operands. | |
5161 | ||
5162 | On such machines, define this macro to be a C statement to do any | |
5163 | required conversions. @var{code} is the initial comparison code | |
5164 | and @var{op0} and @var{op1} are the left and right operands of the | |
5165 | comparison, respectively. You should modify @var{code}, @var{op0}, and | |
5166 | @var{op1} as required. | |
5167 | ||
e8e57187 | 5168 | GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is |
889fd92b | 5169 | valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the |
5170 | @file{md} file. | |
5171 | ||
5172 | You need not define this macro if it would never change the comparison | |
5173 | code or operands. | |
d37d6c0b | 5174 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5175 | |
d37d6c0b | 5176 | @defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode}) |
889fd92b | 5177 | A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a |
5178 | comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} | |
5179 | can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison, | |
5180 | then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero. | |
5181 | ||
5182 | You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the | |
5183 | floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}. | |
7800959d | 5184 | For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point |
889fd92b | 5185 | inequality comparisons are always given @code{CCFPEmode}: |
5186 | ||
5187 | @smallexample | |
5188 | #define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) ((MODE) != CCFPEmode) | |
5189 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 5190 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5191 | |
d37d6c0b | 5192 | @defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode}) |
59112222 | 5193 | A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for |
5194 | comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case | |
5195 | @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case | |
5196 | machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For | |
5197 | instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may | |
5198 | freely convert unordered compares to ordered one. Then definition may look | |
5199 | like: | |
5200 | ||
5201 | @smallexample | |
5202 | #define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \ | |
8e5fcce7 | 5203 | ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \ |
59112222 | 5204 | : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE)) |
5205 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 5206 | @end defmac |
59112222 | 5207 | |
d37d6c0b | 5208 | @defmac REVERSE_CONDEXEC_PREDICATES_P (@var{code1}, @var{code2}) |
204c86f0 | 5209 | A C expression that returns true if the conditional execution predicate |
5210 | @var{code1} is the inverse of @var{code2} and vice versa. Define this to | |
5211 | return 0 if the target has conditional execution predicates that cannot be | |
1cc94e41 | 5212 | reversed safely. If no expansion is specified, this macro is defined as |
5213 | follows: | |
204c86f0 | 5214 | |
5215 | @smallexample | |
70c2c81c | 5216 | #define REVERSE_CONDEXEC_PREDICATES_P (x, y) \ |
5217 | ((x) == reverse_condition (y)) | |
204c86f0 | 5218 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 5219 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5220 | |
124ac4e4 | 5221 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS (unsigned int *, unsigned int *) |
5222 | On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard | |
5223 | register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the | |
5224 | regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the | |
5225 | hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a | |
5226 | small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true | |
5227 | to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its | |
5228 | arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes. | |
5229 | When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the | |
5230 | integer pointed to by the second argument should be set to | |
5231 | @code{INVALID_REGNUM}. | |
5232 | ||
5233 | The default version of this hook returns false. | |
5234 | @end deftypefn | |
5235 | ||
5236 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} enum machine_mode TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE (enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode) | |
5237 | On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class | |
5238 | @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be | |
5239 | validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this | |
5240 | target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which | |
5241 | both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode, | |
5242 | return @code{VOIDmode}. | |
5243 | ||
5244 | The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the | |
5245 | same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it | |
5246 | returns @code{VOIDmode}. | |
5247 | @end deftypefn | |
5248 | ||
889fd92b | 5249 | @node Costs |
5250 | @section Describing Relative Costs of Operations | |
5251 | @cindex costs of instructions | |
5252 | @cindex relative costs | |
5253 | @cindex speed of instructions | |
5254 | ||
5255 | These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations | |
5256 | on the target machine. | |
5257 | ||
d37d6c0b | 5258 | @defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to}) |
0ac516dc | 5259 | A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a |
5260 | register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are | |
5261 | expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A | |
5262 | value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to | |
5263 | that. | |
889fd92b | 5264 | |
5265 | It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the | |
5266 | same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between | |
5267 | registers if they are not general registers. | |
5268 | ||
5269 | If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two | |
5270 | hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their | |
5271 | classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the | |
5272 | constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will | |
5273 | allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this | |
5274 | if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying. | |
d37d6c0b | 5275 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5276 | |
d37d6c0b | 5277 | @defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in}) |
3afef759 | 5278 | A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a |
5279 | register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value | |
f45856ef | 5280 | is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost |
4c685015 | 5281 | is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between |
5282 | registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you | |
5283 | should define this macro to express the relative cost. | |
5284 | ||
e8e57187 | 5285 | If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus |
3398e91d | 5286 | the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is |
4c685015 | 5287 | needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy |
5288 | between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is | |
5289 | more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to | |
5290 | reflect the actual cost of the move. | |
5291 | ||
e8e57187 | 5292 | GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if |
4c685015 | 5293 | secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via |
5294 | a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a | |
5295 | secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of | |
5296 | 4 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other | |
5297 | value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function | |
5298 | are the same as to this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 5299 | @end defmac |
3afef759 | 5300 | |
d37d6c0b | 5301 | @defmac BRANCH_COST |
889fd92b | 5302 | A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is |
5303 | the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. | |
d37d6c0b | 5304 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5305 | |
5306 | Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs, | |
e8e57187 | 5307 | but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would |
889fd92b | 5308 | ordinarily expect. |
5309 | ||
d37d6c0b | 5310 | @defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
889fd92b | 5311 | Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less |
0858f8a2 | 5312 | than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no |
889fd92b | 5313 | faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access |
5314 | require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost | |
5315 | between byte and (aligned) word loads. | |
5316 | ||
5317 | When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by | |
5318 | finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword | |
5319 | load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are | |
5320 | faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it | |
5321 | may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to | |
5322 | other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes. | |
d37d6c0b | 5323 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5324 | |
d37d6c0b | 5325 | @defmac SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (@var{mode}, @var{alignment}) |
f94d02c6 | 5326 | Define this macro to be the value 1 if memory accesses described by the |
5327 | @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater | |
5328 | than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap | |
5329 | handler. | |
889fd92b | 5330 | |
f45856ef | 5331 | When this macro is nonzero, the compiler will act as if |
5332 | @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were nonzero when generating code for block | |
889fd92b | 5333 | moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced. |
f45856ef | 5334 | Therefore, do not set this macro nonzero if unaligned accesses only add a |
889fd92b | 5335 | cycle or two to the time for a memory access. |
5336 | ||
a36bcaf4 | 5337 | If the value of this macro is always zero, it need not be defined. If |
f45856ef | 5338 | this macro is defined, it should produce a nonzero value when |
5339 | @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is nonzero. | |
d37d6c0b | 5340 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5341 | |
d37d6c0b | 5342 | @defmac MOVE_RATIO |
36670375 | 5343 | The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below} |
7014838c | 5344 | which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a |
889fd92b | 5345 | string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always |
5346 | make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size. | |
5347 | ||
7014838c | 5348 | Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a |
5349 | @code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts | |
5350 | the number of such sequences. | |
36670375 | 5351 | |
889fd92b | 5352 | If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used. |
d37d6c0b | 5353 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5354 | |
d37d6c0b | 5355 | @defmac MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
53bd09ab | 5356 | A C expression used to determine whether @code{move_by_pieces} will be used to |
5357 | copy a chunk of memory, or whether some other block move mechanism | |
c14ad648 | 5358 | will be used. Defaults to 1 if @code{move_by_pieces_ninsns} returns less |
53bd09ab | 5359 | than @code{MOVE_RATIO}. |
d37d6c0b | 5360 | @end defmac |
53bd09ab | 5361 | |
d37d6c0b | 5362 | @defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES |
53bd09ab | 5363 | A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit |
c14ad648 | 5364 | a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}. |
d37d6c0b | 5365 | @end defmac |
53bd09ab | 5366 | |
d37d6c0b | 5367 | @defmac CLEAR_RATIO |
310d3ec9 | 5368 | The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence |
5369 | of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn | |
5370 | or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but | |
5371 | eventually incurs high cost in increased code size. | |
5372 | ||
5373 | If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used. | |
d37d6c0b | 5374 | @end defmac |
310d3ec9 | 5375 | |
d37d6c0b | 5376 | @defmac CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
310d3ec9 | 5377 | A C expression used to determine whether @code{clear_by_pieces} will be used |
5378 | to clear a chunk of memory, or whether some other block clear mechanism | |
5379 | will be used. Defaults to 1 if @code{move_by_pieces_ninsns} returns less | |
5380 | than @code{CLEAR_RATIO}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5381 | @end defmac |
310d3ec9 | 5382 | |
d37d6c0b | 5383 | @defmac STORE_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
805e22b2 | 5384 | A C expression used to determine whether @code{store_by_pieces} will be |
5385 | used to set a chunk of memory to a constant value, or whether some other | |
5386 | mechanism will be used. Used by @code{__builtin_memset} when storing | |
5387 | values other than constant zero and by @code{__builtin_strcpy} when | |
5388 | when called with a constant source string. | |
5389 | Defaults to @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES_P}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5390 | @end defmac |
805e22b2 | 5391 | |
d37d6c0b | 5392 | @defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5393 | A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good |
5394 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5395 | @code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5396 | @end defmac |
c14ad648 | 5397 | |
d37d6c0b | 5398 | @defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5399 | A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good |
5400 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5401 | @code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5402 | @end defmac |
53bd09ab | 5403 | |
d37d6c0b | 5404 | @defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5405 | A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good |
5406 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5407 | @code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5408 | @end defmac |
c14ad648 | 5409 | |
d37d6c0b | 5410 | @defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5411 | A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good |
5412 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5413 | @code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5414 | @end defmac |
53bd09ab | 5415 | |
d37d6c0b | 5416 | @defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5417 | A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good |
5418 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5419 | @code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5420 | @end defmac |
c14ad648 | 5421 | |
d37d6c0b | 5422 | @defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) |
8e5fcce7 | 5423 | A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good |
c14ad648 | 5424 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of |
5425 | @code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5426 | @end defmac |
53bd09ab | 5427 | |
d37d6c0b | 5428 | @defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5429 | This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good |
5430 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5431 | @code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5432 | @end defmac |
c14ad648 | 5433 | |
d37d6c0b | 5434 | @defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) |
c14ad648 | 5435 | This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good |
5436 | thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of | |
5437 | @code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5438 | @end defmac |
53bd09ab | 5439 | |
d37d6c0b | 5440 | @defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE |
889fd92b | 5441 | Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant |
5442 | function address than to call an address kept in a register. | |
d37d6c0b | 5443 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5444 | |
d37d6c0b | 5445 | @defmac RANGE_TEST_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT |
cf451ad8 | 5446 | Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by |
5447 | @samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if | |
5448 | @code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2. | |
d37d6c0b | 5449 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5450 | |
fab7adbf | 5451 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_RTX_COSTS (rtx @var{x}, int @var{code}, int @var{outer_code}, int *@var{total}) |
5452 | This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions. | |
5453 | ||
5454 | The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is | |
5455 | available for examination in @var{x}, and the rtx code of the expression | |
5456 | in which it is contained, found in @var{outer_code}. @var{code} is the | |
5457 | expression code---redundant, since it can be obtained with | |
5458 | @code{GET_CODE (@var{x})}. | |
5459 | ||
5460 | In implementing this hook, you can use the construct | |
5461 | @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast | |
5462 | instructions. | |
5463 | ||
5464 | On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate | |
5465 | for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as | |
12057c3c | 5466 | necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)} |
5467 | for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus | |
5468 | operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations. | |
5469 | ||
5470 | When optimizing for code size, i.e@. when @code{optimize_size} is | |
5471 | non-zero, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative | |
5472 | size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}. | |
fab7adbf | 5473 | |
5474 | The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been | |
5475 | processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse. | |
5476 | @end deftypefn | |
5477 | ||
0682c48a | 5478 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_ADDRESS_COST (rtx @var{address}) |
5479 | This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains | |
5480 | @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from | |
5481 | the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook. | |
5482 | ||
5483 | For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the | |
5484 | true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all | |
5485 | instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence | |
5486 | all addresses will have equal costs. | |
5487 | ||
5488 | In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with | |
5489 | the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest, | |
5490 | cost, the one that is the most complex will be used. | |
5491 | ||
5492 | For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register | |
5493 | and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro | |
5494 | is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory | |
5495 | references will be indirect through that register. On machines where | |
5496 | the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than | |
5497 | that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional | |
5498 | instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper | |
5499 | specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines. | |
5500 | ||
5501 | This hook is never called with an invalid address. | |
5502 | ||
5503 | On machines where an address involving more than one register is as | |
5504 | cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining | |
5505 | @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to | |
5506 | be live over a region of code where only one would have been if | |
5507 | @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect | |
5508 | should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs | |
5509 | should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of | |
5510 | registers on machines with lots of registers. | |
5511 | @end deftypefn | |
5512 | ||
747af5e7 | 5513 | @node Scheduling |
5514 | @section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler | |
5515 | ||
5516 | The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific | |
5517 | adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target | |
5518 | hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of | |
5519 | them: try the first ones in this list first. | |
5520 | ||
5521 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE (void) | |
bea4bad2 | 5522 | This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever |
5523 | issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one. | |
5524 | Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue | |
5525 | an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional | |
5526 | constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see | |
5527 | hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}). | |
5528 | This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need | |
5529 | it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use | |
747af5e7 | 5530 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}. |
bea4bad2 | 5531 | |
a22d2169 | 5532 | For the automaton based pipeline interface, you could define this hook |
5533 | to return the value of the macro @code{MAX_DFA_ISSUE_RATE}. | |
747af5e7 | 5534 | @end deftypefn |
5535 | ||
5536 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}, rtx @var{insn}, int @var{more}) | |
5537 | This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn | |
5538 | from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can | |
2d1a9add | 5539 | still be issued in the current cycle. The default is |
5540 | @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and | |
5541 | @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate. | |
5542 | You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources | |
5543 | than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle. | |
5544 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any | |
5545 | debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by | |
5546 | @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that | |
5547 | was scheduled. | |
747af5e7 | 5548 | @end deftypefn |
5549 | ||
5550 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST (rtx @var{insn}, rtx @var{link}, rtx @var{dep_insn}, int @var{cost}) | |
bea4bad2 | 5551 | This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the |
5552 | relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the | |
5553 | dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default | |
5554 | is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example | |
5555 | to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description | |
747af5e7 | 5556 | that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a |
bea4bad2 | 5557 | data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline |
5558 | description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of | |
5559 | output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency | |
5560 | times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not | |
5561 | acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also | |
5562 | @pxref{Automaton pipeline description}. | |
747af5e7 | 5563 | @end deftypefn |
5564 | ||
5565 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY (rtx @var{insn}, int @var{priority}) | |
5566 | This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of | |
5567 | @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Reduce the priority to | |
5568 | execute @var{insn} earlier, increase the priority to execute @var{insn} | |
5569 | later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the | |
5570 | scheduling priorities of insns. | |
5571 | @end deftypefn | |
5572 | ||
5573 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_REORDER (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}, rtx *@var{ready}, int *@var{n_readyp}, int @var{clock}) | |
5574 | This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready | |
5575 | list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to | |
5576 | combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines). | |
5577 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any | |
5578 | debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by | |
5579 | @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready | |
5580 | list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is | |
5581 | a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler | |
5582 | reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with | |
5583 | @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp}-1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock} | |
5584 | is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and | |
5585 | the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that | |
5586 | can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also | |
5587 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}. | |
5588 | @end deftypefn | |
5589 | ||
5590 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2 (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}, rtx *@var{ready}, int *@var{n_ready}, @var{clock}) | |
5591 | Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That | |
5592 | function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one | |
5593 | is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after | |
5594 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and | |
5595 | return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining | |
5596 | this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where | |
5597 | scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same | |
5598 | cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly. | |
5599 | @end deftypefn | |
5600 | ||
58ada791 | 5601 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK (rtx @var{head}, rtx @var{tail}) |
5602 | This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in | |
5603 | chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail} | |
5604 | correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For | |
5605 | example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires | |
5606 | analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward | |
5607 | dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already | |
5608 | calculated. | |
5609 | @end deftypefn | |
5610 | ||
747af5e7 | 5611 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_INIT (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}, int @var{max_ready}) |
5612 | This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of | |
5613 | instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null | |
5614 | pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose} | |
5615 | is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. | |
5616 | @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling | |
5617 | region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate | |
5618 | scratch space if it is needed, e.g. by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}. | |
5619 | @end deftypefn | |
5620 | ||
5621 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_FINISH (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}) | |
5622 | This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of | |
5623 | instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform | |
5624 | cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file} | |
5625 | is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output | |
5626 | to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by | |
5627 | @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. | |
5628 | @end deftypefn | |
5629 | ||
f77a5bb0 | 5630 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}, int @var{old_max_uid}) |
5631 | This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations. | |
5632 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. | |
5633 | @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. | |
5634 | @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins. | |
5635 | @end deftypefn | |
5636 | ||
5637 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL (FILE *@var{file}, int @var{verbose}) | |
5638 | This is the cleanup hook corresponding to TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL. | |
5639 | @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. | |
5640 | @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. | |
5641 | @end deftypefn | |
5642 | ||
bea4bad2 | 5643 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE (void) |
5644 | This hook is called many times during insn scheduling. If the hook | |
5645 | returns nonzero, the automaton based pipeline description is used for | |
5646 | insn scheduling. Otherwise the traditional pipeline description is | |
5647 | used. The default is usage of the traditional pipeline description. | |
5648 | ||
5649 | You should also remember that to simplify the insn scheduler sources | |
5650 | an empty traditional pipeline description interface is generated even | |
5651 | if there is no a traditional pipeline description in the @file{.md} | |
5652 | file. The same is true for the automaton based pipeline description. | |
5653 | That means that you should be accurate in defining the hook. | |
5654 | @end deftypefn | |
5655 | ||
5656 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN (void) | |
5657 | The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the | |
5658 | pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled | |
5659 | when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may | |
5660 | simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW} | |
5661 | processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton | |
5662 | based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state | |
5663 | when the new simulated processor cycle starts. | |
5664 | @end deftypefn | |
5665 | ||
5666 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN (void) | |
5667 | The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook. | |
5668 | @end deftypefn | |
5669 | ||
5670 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN (void) | |
5671 | The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used | |
5672 | to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new | |
5673 | simulated processor cycle finishes. | |
5674 | @end deftypefn | |
5675 | ||
5676 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN (void) | |
5677 | The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but | |
5678 | used to initialize data used by the previous hook. | |
5679 | @end deftypefn | |
5680 | ||
5681 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD (void) | |
5682 | This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue | |
5683 | for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler | |
5684 | chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive | |
5685 | value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of | |
5686 | @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()} | |
5687 | subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in | |
5688 | maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the | |
5689 | @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of | |
5690 | packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the | |
5691 | rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton. | |
5692 | ||
5693 | This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC} | |
5694 | processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor | |
5695 | with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or | |
5696 | @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or | |
5697 | @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The | |
5698 | processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into | |
5699 | @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B} | |
5700 | until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first, | |
5701 | the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle. | |
5702 | ||
5703 | Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based | |
5704 | pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn | |
5705 | schedules to choose the best one. | |
5706 | ||
5707 | The default is no multipass scheduling. | |
5708 | @end deftypefn | |
5709 | ||
58ada791 | 5710 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD (rtx) |
5711 | ||
5712 | This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be | |
5713 | considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns | |
5714 | zero for insn passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to | |
5715 | be issued. | |
5716 | ||
5dd077a2 | 5717 | The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued. |
58ada791 | 5718 | @end deftypefn |
5719 | ||
5720 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE (FILE *, int, rtx, int, int, int *) | |
5721 | ||
5722 | This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed | |
5723 | as the third parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, | |
5724 | the insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that, | |
5725 | the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through the last | |
5726 | parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle | |
5727 | start as usually. The first parameter passes file for debugging | |
5728 | output. The second one passes the scheduler verbose level of the | |
5729 | debugging output. The forth and the fifth parameter values are | |
5730 | correspondingly processor cycle on which the previous insn has been | |
5731 | issued and the current processor cycle. | |
5732 | @end deftypefn | |
5733 | ||
a09deb71 | 5734 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE (rtx @var{insn1}, rtx @var{insn2}, rtx @var{dep_link}, int @var{dep_cost}, int @var{distance}) |
52c4b43f | 5735 | This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by |
7a0ad664 | 5736 | the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that |
52c4b43f | 5737 | are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters |
7a0ad664 | 5738 | to this hook are as follows: The second parameter @var{insn2} is dependent |
5739 | upon the first parameter @var{insn1}. The dependence between @var{insn1} | |
5740 | and @var{insn2} is represented by the third parameter @var{dep_link}. The | |
5741 | fourth parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the dependence, and the fifth | |
5742 | parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns. | |
52c4b43f | 5743 | The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two |
5744 | insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target, | |
5745 | and @code{false} otherwise. | |
5746 | ||
5747 | Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines, | |
7a0ad664 | 5748 | where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource |
52c4b43f | 5749 | delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping |
7a0ad664 | 5750 | that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very |
52c4b43f | 5751 | important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns |
7a0ad664 | 5752 | closer to one another - i.e, closer than the dependence distance; however, |
52c4b43f | 5753 | not in cases of "costly dependences", which this hooks allows to define. |
5754 | @end deftypefn | |
5755 | ||
bea4bad2 | 5756 | Macros in the following table are generated by the program |
5757 | @file{genattr} and can be useful for writing the hooks. | |
5758 | ||
d37d6c0b | 5759 | @defmac MAX_DFA_ISSUE_RATE |
bea4bad2 | 5760 | The macro definition is generated in the automaton based pipeline |
5761 | description interface. Its value is calculated from the automaton | |
5762 | based pipeline description and is equal to maximal number of all insns | |
5763 | described in constructions @samp{define_insn_reservation} which can be | |
5764 | issued on the same processor cycle. | |
d37d6c0b | 5765 | @end defmac |
bea4bad2 | 5766 | |
889fd92b | 5767 | @node Sections |
5768 | @section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{}) | |
5769 | @c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between | |
5770 | @c the (...)? --mew 10feb93 | |
5771 | ||
5772 | An object file is divided into sections containing different types of | |
5773 | data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text | |
5774 | section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data | |
5775 | section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss | |
5776 | section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds | |
5777 | of sections. | |
5778 | ||
5779 | The compiler must tell the assembler when to switch sections. These | |
5780 | macros control what commands to output to tell the assembler this. You | |
5781 | can also define additional sections. | |
5782 | ||
d37d6c0b | 5783 | @defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP |
b01e21ca | 5784 | A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the |
5785 | assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data. | |
5786 | Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right. | |
d37d6c0b | 5787 | @end defmac |
033e4d6d | 5788 | |
d37d6c0b | 5789 | @defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME |
429fa7fa | 5790 | If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most |
5791 | frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide | |
5792 | a default definition if the target supports named sections. | |
d37d6c0b | 5793 | @end defmac |
429fa7fa | 5794 | |
d37d6c0b | 5795 | @defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME |
429fa7fa | 5796 | If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely |
5797 | executed functions in the program. | |
d37d6c0b | 5798 | @end defmac |
429fa7fa | 5799 | |
d37d6c0b | 5800 | @defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP |
b01e21ca | 5801 | A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the |
5802 | assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized | |
5803 | data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right. | |
d37d6c0b | 5804 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5805 | |
d37d6c0b | 5806 | @defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP |
6cde52a2 | 5807 | A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the |
5808 | assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized | |
5809 | data. | |
d37d6c0b | 5810 | @end defmac |
6cde52a2 | 5811 | |
d37d6c0b | 5812 | @defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION |
6cde52a2 | 5813 | A macro naming a function to call to switch to the proper section for |
5814 | read-only data. The default is to use @code{READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP} | |
5815 | if defined, else fall back to @code{text_section}. | |
5816 | ||
5817 | The most common definition will be @code{data_section}, if the target | |
5818 | does not have a special read-only data section, and does not put data | |
5819 | in the text section. | |
d37d6c0b | 5820 | @end defmac |
6cde52a2 | 5821 | |
d37d6c0b | 5822 | @defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP |
b01e21ca | 5823 | If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, |
5824 | containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as | |
5825 | uninitialized global data. If not defined, and neither | |
5826 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_BSS} nor @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} are defined, | |
5827 | uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if | |
8ae77b3c | 5828 | @option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be |
b01e21ca | 5829 | used. |
d37d6c0b | 5830 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5831 | |
d37d6c0b | 5832 | @defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP |
b01e21ca | 5833 | If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, |
5834 | containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as | |
5835 | initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does | |
5836 | not exist. | |
d37d6c0b | 5837 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5838 | |
d37d6c0b | 5839 | @defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP |
b01e21ca | 5840 | If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, |
5841 | containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as | |
5842 | finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does | |
5843 | not exist. | |
d37d6c0b | 5844 | @end defmac |
4f18499c | 5845 | |
d37d6c0b | 5846 | @defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function}) |
e1ff7102 | 5847 | If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section |
5848 | via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to | |
5849 | the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if | |
5850 | @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls | |
5851 | to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini | |
5852 | sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some | |
b2fb871e | 5853 | ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on |
5854 | registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that | |
5855 | constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section. | |
d37d6c0b | 5856 | @end defmac |
b2fb871e | 5857 | |
d37d6c0b | 5858 | @defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN |
e1ff7102 | 5859 | If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some |
5860 | arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the | |
5861 | @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment | |
5862 | and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding. | |
d37d6c0b | 5863 | @end defmac |
e1ff7102 | 5864 | |
889fd92b | 5865 | @findex in_text |
5866 | @findex in_data | |
d37d6c0b | 5867 | @defmac EXTRA_SECTIONS |
889fd92b | 5868 | A list of names for sections other than the standard two, which are |
5869 | @code{in_text} and @code{in_data}. You need not define this macro | |
5870 | on a system with no other sections (that GCC needs to use). | |
d37d6c0b | 5871 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5872 | |
889fd92b | 5873 | @findex text_section |
5874 | @findex data_section | |
d37d6c0b | 5875 | @defmac EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS |
889fd92b | 5876 | One or more functions to be defined in @file{varasm.c}. These |
5877 | functions should do jobs analogous to those of @code{text_section} and | |
5878 | @code{data_section}, for your additional sections. Do not define this | |
5879 | macro if you do not define @code{EXTRA_SECTIONS}. | |
d37d6c0b | 5880 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5881 | |
d37d6c0b | 5882 | @defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION |
f45856ef | 5883 | Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump |
6b5be7f8 | 5884 | tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text |
5885 | section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the | |
5886 | readonly data section is used. | |
889fd92b | 5887 | |
5888 | This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section. | |
d37d6c0b | 5889 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 5890 | |
52470889 | 5891 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION (tree @var{exp}, int @var{reloc}, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT @var{align}) |
5892 | Switches to the appropriate section for output of @var{exp}. You can | |
5893 | assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of | |
5894 | some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp} | |
5895 | requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains | |
5896 | local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations. | |
5897 | Select the section by calling @code{data_section} or one of the | |
5898 | alternatives for other sections. @var{align} is the constant alignment | |
5899 | in bits. | |
5900 | ||
5901 | The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only | |
5902 | variables in @code{readonly_data_section}. | |
5903 | @end deftypefn | |
5904 | ||
5905 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION (tree @var{decl}, int @var{reloc}) | |
5906 | Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node, | |
5907 | and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. | |
5908 | As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether | |
5909 | the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations. | |
5910 | ||
5911 | The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the | |
5912 | ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For | |
5913 | example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}. | |
5914 | Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough. | |
5915 | @end deftypefn | |
5916 | ||
bbfbe351 | 5917 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION (enum machine_mode @var{mode}, rtx @var{x}, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT @var{align}) |
5918 | Switches to the appropriate section for output of constant pool entry | |
5919 | @var{x} in @var{mode}. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of | |
5920 | constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the | |
5921 | case of a @code{const_int} rtx. Select the section by calling | |
5922 | @code{readonly_data_section} or one of the alternatives for other | |
5923 | sections. @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits. | |
5924 | ||
5925 | The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic | |
5926 | constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything | |
5927 | else in @code{readonly_data_section}. | |
5928 | @end deftypefn | |
5929 | ||
2c129d70 | 5930 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO (tree @var{decl}, rtx @var{rtl}, int @var{new_decl_p}) |
7811991d | 5931 | Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be |
5932 | treated differently depending on something about the variable or | |
5933 | function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in). | |
5934 | ||
2c129d70 | 5935 | The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for |
5936 | @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or | |
5937 | an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the | |
5938 | rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})} | |
b56337d2 | 5939 | in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet. |
2c129d70 | 5940 | |
5941 | In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is | |
5942 | a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls | |
5943 | will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global | |
5944 | register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their | |
5945 | rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is | |
5946 | leave it alone.) | |
7811991d | 5947 | |
5948 | The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time | |
2c129d70 | 5949 | that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will |
7811991d | 5950 | be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate |
5951 | declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate | |
5952 | declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. | |
2c129d70 | 5953 | @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant. |
7811991d | 5954 | |
5955 | @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} | |
2c129d70 | 5956 | The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the |
5957 | @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. | |
5958 | Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to | |
5959 | encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now | |
5960 | discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. | |
5961 | ||
5962 | The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info} | |
5963 | in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in | |
5964 | @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need | |
5965 | before overriding it. | |
7811991d | 5966 | @end deftypefn |
5967 | ||
7b4a38a6 | 5968 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} const char *TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (const char *name) |
5969 | Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans | |
5970 | the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} | |
5971 | may have added. | |
5972 | @end deftypefn | |
5973 | ||
33459320 | 5974 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P (tree @var{exp}) |
5975 | Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section. | |
5976 | The default version of this hook always returns false. | |
5977 | @end deftypefn | |
5978 | ||
4ddb893b | 5979 | @deftypevar {Target Hook} bool TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION |
5980 | Contains the value true if the target places read-only | |
5981 | ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false. | |
5982 | @end deftypevar | |
5983 | ||
33459320 | 5984 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P (tree @var{exp}) |
5985 | Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution | |
5986 | rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library | |
5987 | or executable image). | |
5988 | ||
5989 | The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules | |
5990 | for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other | |
5991 | currently supported object file formats. | |
5992 | @end deftypefn | |
5993 | ||
4ddb893b | 5994 | @deftypevar {Target Hook} bool TARGET_HAVE_TLS |
5995 | Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage. | |
5996 | The default value is false. | |
5997 | @end deftypevar | |
5998 | ||
5999 | ||
889fd92b | 6000 | @node PIC |
6001 | @section Position Independent Code | |
6002 | @cindex position independent code | |
6003 | @cindex PIC | |
6004 | ||
6005 | This section describes macros that help implement generation of position | |
6006 | independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to | |
6007 | generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the macros | |
6008 | @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} and @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as | |
6009 | well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You must modify the definition of | |
6010 | @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate when the source operand | |
6011 | contains a symbolic address. You may also need to alter the handling of | |
6012 | switch statements so that they use relative addresses. | |
6013 | @c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of | |
6014 | @c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93 | |
6015 | ||
d37d6c0b | 6016 | @defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM |
889fd92b | 6017 | The register number of the register used to address a table of static |
6018 | data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a | |
0858e3a2 | 6019 | processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro |
889fd92b | 6020 | is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack |
6021 | pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it | |
6022 | is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if | |
9d2337eb | 6023 | necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@: |
41828ba0 | 6024 | when @code{flag_pic} is true). |
d37d6c0b | 6025 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6026 | |
d37d6c0b | 6027 | @defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED |
889fd92b | 6028 | Define this macro if the register defined by |
6029 | @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. Do not define | |
c2aec324 | 6030 | this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined. |
d37d6c0b | 6031 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6032 | |
d37d6c0b | 6033 | @defmac FINALIZE_PIC |
889fd92b | 6034 | By generating position-independent code, when two different programs (A |
6035 | and B) share a common library (libC.a), the text of the library can be | |
6036 | shared whether or not the library is linked at the same address for both | |
6037 | programs. In some of these environments, position-independent code | |
6038 | requires not only the use of different addressing modes, but also | |
6039 | special code to enable the use of these addressing modes. | |
6040 | ||
6041 | The @code{FINALIZE_PIC} macro serves as a hook to emit these special | |
6042 | codes once the function is being compiled into assembly code, but not | |
6043 | before. (It is not done before, because in the case of compiling an | |
6044 | inline function, it would lead to multiple PIC prologues being | |
6045 | included in functions which used inline functions and were compiled to | |
6046 | assembly language.) | |
d37d6c0b | 6047 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6048 | |
d37d6c0b | 6049 | @defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x}) |
889fd92b | 6050 | A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate |
6051 | operand on the target machine when generating position independent code. | |
6052 | You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not | |
6053 | check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not | |
6054 | check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants | |
6055 | (including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating | |
6056 | position independent code. | |
d37d6c0b | 6057 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6058 | |
6059 | @node Assembler Format | |
6060 | @section Defining the Output Assembler Language | |
6061 | ||
6062 | This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how | |
7fe22e19 | 6063 | to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the |
889fd92b | 6064 | instructions do. |
6065 | ||
6066 | @menu | |
6067 | * File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file. | |
6068 | * Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses). | |
6069 | * Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables. | |
6070 | * Label Output:: Output and generation of labels. | |
6071 | * Initialization:: General principles of initialization | |
6072 | and termination routines. | |
6073 | * Macros for Initialization:: | |
6074 | Specific macros that control the handling of | |
6075 | initialization and termination routines. | |
6076 | * Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions. | |
6077 | * Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables. | |
6078 | * Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code. | |
6079 | * Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data. | |
6080 | @end menu | |
6081 | ||
6082 | @node File Framework | |
6083 | @subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File | |
6084 | @cindex assembler format | |
6085 | @cindex output of assembler code | |
6086 | ||
6087 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
92c473b8 | 6088 | This describes the overall framework of an assembly file. |
6089 | ||
6090 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_FILE_START () | |
6091 | @findex default_file_start | |
6092 | Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to | |
6093 | find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled | |
6094 | by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is | |
6095 | quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call | |
6096 | @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This | |
6097 | lets other target files rely on these variables. | |
6098 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 6099 | |
92c473b8 | 6100 | @deftypevr {Target Hook} bool TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF |
6101 | If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be | |
6102 | printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless | |
6103 | @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined | |
6104 | to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal | |
6105 | definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU | |
6106 | assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra | |
6107 | whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster. | |
6108 | ||
6109 | The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have | |
6110 | verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or | |
6111 | comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode. | |
6112 | @end deftypevr | |
6113 | ||
6114 | @deftypevr {Target Hook} bool TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE | |
6115 | If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called | |
6116 | for the primary source file, immediately after printing | |
6117 | @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect | |
6118 | this to be done. The default is false. | |
6119 | @end deftypevr | |
889fd92b | 6120 | |
f6940372 | 6121 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_FILE_END () |
6122 | Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects | |
6123 | to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing. | |
6124 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 6125 | |
f6940372 | 6126 | @deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack () |
6127 | Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack} | |
6128 | special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on | |
6129 | the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you | |
6130 | should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you | |
6131 | need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call | |
6132 | this function. | |
6133 | @end deftypefun | |
889fd92b | 6134 | |
d37d6c0b | 6135 | @defmac ASM_COMMENT_START |
889fd92b | 6136 | A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target |
6137 | assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at | |
6138 | the end of the line. | |
d37d6c0b | 6139 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6140 | |
d37d6c0b | 6141 | @defmac ASM_APP_ON |
889fd92b | 6142 | A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm} |
6143 | statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is | |
6144 | @code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most | |
6145 | assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines | |
6146 | that follow for all valid assembler constructs. | |
d37d6c0b | 6147 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6148 | |
d37d6c0b | 6149 | @defmac ASM_APP_OFF |
889fd92b | 6150 | A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm} |
6151 | statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is | |
6152 | @code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the | |
6153 | time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output. | |
d37d6c0b | 6154 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6155 | |
d37d6c0b | 6156 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 6157 | A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information |
6158 | which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to | |
6159 | the stdio stream @var{stream}. | |
6160 | ||
6161 | This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output | |
6162 | for the file format in use is appropriate. | |
d37d6c0b | 6163 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6164 | |
d37d6c0b | 6165 | @defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string}) |
0dbd1c74 | 6166 | A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream |
6167 | @var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string} | |
e8e57187 | 6168 | in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to |
0dbd1c74 | 6169 | the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format |
6170 | of the filename using this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6171 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 6172 | |
d37d6c0b | 6173 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter}) |
889fd92b | 6174 | A C statement to output DBX or SDB debugging information before code |
6175 | for line number @var{line} of the current source file to the | |
b1bd5ac9 | 6176 | stdio stream @var{stream}. @var{counter} is the number of time the |
6177 | macro was invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended | |
6178 | to generate unique labels in the assembly output. | |
889fd92b | 6179 | |
6180 | This macro need not be defined if the standard form of debugging | |
6181 | information for the debugger in use is appropriate. | |
d37d6c0b | 6182 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6183 | |
d37d6c0b | 6184 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT (@var{stream}, @var{string}) |
889fd92b | 6185 | A C statement to output something to the assembler file to handle a |
6186 | @samp{#ident} directive containing the text @var{string}. If this | |
6187 | macro is not defined, nothing is output for a @samp{#ident} directive. | |
d37d6c0b | 6188 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6189 | |
2cb4ac60 | 6190 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION (const char *@var{name}, unsigned int @var{flags}, unsigned int @var{align}) |
6191 | Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section | |
6192 | should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask | |
6193 | of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{align} | |
f45856ef | 6194 | is nonzero, it contains an alignment in bytes to be used for the section, |
228c5b30 | 6195 | otherwise some target default should be used. Only targets that must |
2cb4ac60 | 6196 | specify an alignment within the section directive need pay attention to |
6197 | @var{align} -- we will still use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}. | |
6198 | @end deftypefn | |
6199 | ||
6200 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS | |
6201 | This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}. | |
6202 | @end deftypefn | |
6203 | ||
6204 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} {unsigned int} TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS (tree @var{decl}, const char *@var{name}, int @var{reloc}) | |
6205 | Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} | |
6206 | based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the | |
6207 | declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be | |
6208 | null, in which case read-write data should be assumed. | |
6209 | ||
6210 | The default version if this function handles choosing code vs data, | |
6211 | read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only | |
6212 | need to override this if your target has special flags that might be | |
6213 | set via @code{__attribute__}. | |
6214 | @end deftypefn | |
6215 | ||
889fd92b | 6216 | @need 2000 |
6217 | @node Data Output | |
6218 | @subsection Output of Data | |
6219 | ||
58356836 | 6220 | |
6221 | @deftypevr {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP | |
6222 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP | |
6223 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP | |
6224 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP | |
6225 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP | |
6226 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP | |
6227 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP | |
6228 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP | |
6229 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP | |
6230 | These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds | |
6231 | of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a | |
6232 | byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an | |
6233 | aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be | |
6234 | @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available. | |
6235 | ||
6236 | The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line, | |
6237 | followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases, | |
6238 | the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab. | |
6239 | @end deftypevr | |
6240 | ||
6241 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_ASM_INTEGER (rtx @var{x}, unsigned int @var{size}, int @var{aligned_p}) | |
6242 | The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an | |
6243 | integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size | |
6244 | in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The | |
6245 | function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the | |
6246 | object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to | |
6247 | split the object into smaller parts. | |
6248 | ||
6249 | The default implementation of this hook will use the | |
6250 | @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false} | |
6251 | when the relevant string is @code{NULL}. | |
6252 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 6253 | |
d37d6c0b | 6254 | @defmac OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{fail}) |
b60f0749 | 6255 | A C statement to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that |
6256 | @code{output_addr_const} can't deal with, and output assembly code to | |
6257 | @var{stream} corresponding to the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to | |
6258 | allow machine-dependent @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants. | |
6259 | ||
6260 | If @code{OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA} fails to recognize a pattern, it must | |
6261 | @code{goto fail}, so that a standard error message is printed. If it | |
6262 | prints an error message itself, by calling, for example, | |
6263 | @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just complete normally. | |
d37d6c0b | 6264 | @end defmac |
b60f0749 | 6265 | |
d37d6c0b | 6266 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len}) |
889fd92b | 6267 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler |
6268 | instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len} | |
6269 | bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type | |
6270 | @code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}. | |
6271 | ||
6272 | If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the | |
6273 | Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro | |
6274 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}. | |
d37d6c0b | 6275 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6276 | |
d37d6c0b | 6277 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n}) |
6bfa2cc1 | 6278 | A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for |
6279 | @var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS} | |
6280 | is defined, and is otherwise unused. | |
d37d6c0b | 6281 | @end defmac |
6bfa2cc1 | 6282 | |
d37d6c0b | 6283 | @defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION |
071cd279 | 6284 | You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the |
f45856ef | 6285 | expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant |
071cd279 | 6286 | pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if |
e8e57187 | 6287 | GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do |
6288 | not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant | |
071cd279 | 6289 | pool before the function. |
d37d6c0b | 6290 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 6291 | |
d37d6c0b | 6292 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size}) |
889fd92b | 6293 | A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the |
6294 | constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving | |
6295 | the name of the function. Should the return type of the function | |
6296 | be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} | |
6297 | is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written | |
6298 | immediately after this call. | |
6299 | ||
6300 | If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need | |
6301 | not be defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 6302 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6303 | |
d37d6c0b | 6304 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto}) |
889fd92b | 6305 | A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the |
6306 | constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do | |
6307 | anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.) | |
6308 | ||
6309 | The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the | |
6310 | assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to | |
6311 | output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a | |
6312 | @samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value | |
6313 | @var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much | |
6314 | alignment. | |
6315 | ||
6316 | The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for | |
6317 | the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is | |
6318 | responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place. | |
6319 | Here is how to do this: | |
6320 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 6321 | @smallexample |
805e22b2 | 6322 | @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno}); |
a0ecd6b1 | 6323 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 6324 | |
6325 | When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a | |
6326 | @code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool | |
6327 | entry from being output a second time in the usual manner. | |
6328 | ||
6329 | You need not define this macro if it would do nothing. | |
d37d6c0b | 6330 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6331 | |
d37d6c0b | 6332 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size}) |
071cd279 | 6333 | A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant |
6334 | pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the | |
6335 | function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can | |
6336 | obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the | |
e8e57187 | 6337 | constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call. |
071cd279 | 6338 | |
6339 | If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not | |
6340 | define this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6341 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 6342 | |
d37d6c0b | 6343 | @defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}) |
889fd92b | 6344 | Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is |
6345 | used as a logical line separator by the assembler. | |
6346 | ||
6347 | If you do not define this macro, the default is that only | |
6348 | the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator. | |
d37d6c0b | 6349 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6350 | |
9ee9a4dc | 6351 | @deftypevr {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN |
9d683ac8 | 6352 | @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_CLOSE_PAREN |
11ff5d0d | 6353 | These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the |
6354 | assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they | |
6355 | default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers. | |
9ee9a4dc | 6356 | @end deftypevr |
11ff5d0d | 6357 | |
889fd92b | 6358 | These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions |
6359 | of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like: | |
6360 | ||
d37d6c0b | 6361 | @defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l}) |
6362 | @defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l}) | |
6363 | @defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l}) | |
889fd92b | 6364 | These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the target's |
badfe841 | 6365 | floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in the variable |
6366 | @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE}, this variable should | |
6367 | be a simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of | |
6368 | @code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined by | |
6369 | the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of it | |
6370 | go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds 32 | |
6371 | bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits on the | |
6372 | host machine. | |
889fd92b | 6373 | |
6374 | The array element values are designed so that you can print them out | |
6375 | using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target | |
6376 | machine's memory. | |
d37d6c0b | 6377 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6378 | |
6379 | @node Uninitialized Data | |
6380 | @subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables | |
6381 | ||
6382 | Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of | |
6383 | outputting a single uninitialized variable. | |
6384 | ||
d37d6c0b | 6385 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) |
889fd92b | 6386 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6387 | @var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named | |
6388 | @var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded} | |
6389 | is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. | |
6390 | ||
6391 | Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to | |
6392 | output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional | |
6393 | assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. | |
6394 | ||
6395 | This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized | |
6396 | common global variables are output. | |
d37d6c0b | 6397 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6398 | |
d37d6c0b | 6399 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
889fd92b | 6400 | Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a |
6401 | separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in | |
6402 | place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in | |
6403 | handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified | |
6404 | as the number of bits. | |
d37d6c0b | 6405 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6406 | |
d37d6c0b | 6407 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
0dbd1c74 | 6408 | Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the |
6409 | variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there | |
3387c533 | 6410 | is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it |
0dbd1c74 | 6411 | in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and |
6412 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see | |
6413 | the variable's decl in order to chose what to output. | |
d37d6c0b | 6414 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 6415 | |
d37d6c0b | 6416 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) |
889fd92b | 6417 | If defined, it is similar to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, except that it |
6418 | is used when @var{name} is shared. If not defined, @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} | |
6419 | will be used. | |
d37d6c0b | 6420 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6421 | |
d37d6c0b | 6422 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) |
889fd92b | 6423 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6424 | @var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named | |
6425 | @var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded} | |
6426 | is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. | |
6427 | ||
6428 | Try to use function @code{asm_output_bss} defined in @file{varasm.c} when | |
6429 | defining this macro. If unable, use the expression | |
6430 | @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself; | |
6431 | before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining | |
6432 | the name, and a newline. | |
6433 | ||
6434 | This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized global | |
6435 | variables are output. This macro exists to properly support languages like | |
70c2c81c | 6436 | C++ which do not have @code{common} data. However, this macro currently |
889fd92b | 6437 | is not defined for all targets. If this macro and |
6438 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} are not defined then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} | |
0dbd1c74 | 6439 | or @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} or |
6440 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON} is used. | |
d37d6c0b | 6441 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6442 | |
d37d6c0b | 6443 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
889fd92b | 6444 | Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_BSS} except takes the required alignment as a |
6445 | separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in | |
6446 | place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_BSS}, and gives you more flexibility in | |
6447 | handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified | |
6448 | as the number of bits. | |
6449 | ||
6450 | Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file | |
6451 | @file{varasm.c} when defining this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6452 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6453 | |
d37d6c0b | 6454 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) |
889fd92b | 6455 | If defined, it is similar to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_BSS}, except that it |
6456 | is used when @var{name} is shared. If not defined, @code{ASM_OUTPUT_BSS} | |
6457 | will be used. | |
d37d6c0b | 6458 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6459 | |
d37d6c0b | 6460 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) |
889fd92b | 6461 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6462 | @var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named | |
6463 | @var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded} | |
6464 | is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. | |
6465 | ||
6466 | Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to | |
6467 | output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional | |
6468 | assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. | |
6469 | ||
6470 | This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized | |
6471 | static variables are output. | |
d37d6c0b | 6472 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6473 | |
d37d6c0b | 6474 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
889fd92b | 6475 | Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a |
6476 | separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in | |
6477 | place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in | |
6478 | handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified | |
6479 | as the number of bits. | |
d37d6c0b | 6480 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6481 | |
d37d6c0b | 6482 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) |
0dbd1c74 | 6483 | Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL} except that @var{decl} of the |
6484 | variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there | |
3387c533 | 6485 | is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it |
0dbd1c74 | 6486 | in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DECL} and |
6487 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL}. Define this macro when you need to see | |
6488 | the variable's decl in order to chose what to output. | |
d37d6c0b | 6489 | @end defmac |
0dbd1c74 | 6490 | |
d37d6c0b | 6491 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) |
889fd92b | 6492 | If defined, it is similar to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, except that it |
6493 | is used when @var{name} is shared. If not defined, @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} | |
6494 | will be used. | |
d37d6c0b | 6495 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6496 | |
6497 | @node Label Output | |
6498 | @subsection Output and Generation of Labels | |
6499 | ||
6500 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
6501 | This is about outputting labels. | |
6502 | ||
889fd92b | 6503 | @findex assemble_name |
d37d6c0b | 6504 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 6505 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6506 | @var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}. | |
6507 | Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to | |
6508 | output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional | |
9bf98a09 | 6509 | assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default |
6510 | definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems. | |
d37d6c0b | 6511 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6512 | |
d37d6c0b | 6513 | @defmac SIZE_ASM_OP |
ef7af4c3 | 6514 | A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the |
6515 | size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the | |
6516 | default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other | |
6517 | systems, the default is not to define this macro. | |
6518 | ||
6519 | Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions | |
6520 | of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} | |
6521 | for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those | |
6522 | macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not | |
6523 | define this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6524 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6525 | |
d37d6c0b | 6526 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}) |
ef7af4c3 | 6527 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6528 | @var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the | |
6529 | symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}. | |
6530 | If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is | |
6531 | provided. | |
d37d6c0b | 6532 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6533 | |
d37d6c0b | 6534 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
ef7af4c3 | 6535 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6536 | @var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of | |
a7424888 | 6537 | the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current |
894b8fd9 | 6538 | address. |
a7424888 | 6539 | |
6540 | If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is | |
6541 | provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special | |
6542 | @samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate | |
6543 | the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does | |
6544 | not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need | |
6545 | to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique. | |
d37d6c0b | 6546 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6547 | |
d37d6c0b | 6548 | @defmac TYPE_ASM_OP |
ef7af4c3 | 6549 | A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the |
6550 | type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the | |
6551 | default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other | |
6552 | systems, the default is not to define this macro. | |
6553 | ||
6554 | Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of | |
6555 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own | |
6556 | custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol | |
6557 | types at all, do not define this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6558 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6559 | |
d37d6c0b | 6560 | @defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT |
ef7af4c3 | 6561 | A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of |
6562 | the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the | |
6563 | default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems, | |
6564 | the default is not to define this macro. | |
6565 | ||
6566 | Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of | |
6567 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own | |
6568 | custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol | |
6569 | types at all, do not define this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6570 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6571 | |
d37d6c0b | 6572 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type}) |
ef7af4c3 | 6573 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6574 | @var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the | |
6575 | symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently, | |
6576 | that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but | |
6577 | you should not count on this. | |
6578 | ||
6579 | If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default | |
6580 | definition of this macro is provided. | |
d37d6c0b | 6581 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6582 | |
d37d6c0b | 6583 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) |
889fd92b | 6584 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6585 | @var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a | |
6586 | function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for | |
6587 | outputting the label definition (perhaps using | |
6588 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the | |
6589 | @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function. | |
6590 | ||
6591 | If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the | |
6592 | usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). | |
6593 | ||
ef7af4c3 | 6594 | You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition |
6595 | of this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6596 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6597 | |
d37d6c0b | 6598 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) |
889fd92b | 6599 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6600 | @var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function | |
6601 | which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the | |
6602 | function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node | |
6603 | representing the function. | |
6604 | ||
6605 | If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined. | |
6606 | ||
ef7af4c3 | 6607 | You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition |
6608 | of this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6609 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6610 | |
d37d6c0b | 6611 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) |
889fd92b | 6612 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6613 | @var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an | |
6614 | initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the | |
6615 | label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument | |
6616 | @var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable. | |
6617 | ||
6618 | If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the | |
6619 | usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). | |
6620 | ||
ef7af4c3 | 6621 | You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or |
6622 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6623 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6624 | |
7edf3a2b | 6625 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{exp}, @var{size}) |
6626 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream | |
6627 | @var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a | |
6628 | constant which is being defined. This macro is responsible for | |
6629 | outputting the label definition (perhaps using | |
6630 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument @var{exp} is the | |
6631 | value of the constant, and @var{size} is the size of the constant | |
6632 | in bytes. @var{name} will be an internal label. | |
6633 | ||
6634 | If this macro is not defined, then the @var{name} is defined in the | |
6635 | usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). | |
6636 | ||
6637 | You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition | |
6638 | of this macro. | |
6639 | @end defmac | |
6640 | ||
d37d6c0b | 6641 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name}) |
d300bd48 | 6642 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6643 | @var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno} | |
6644 | for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}. | |
6645 | ||
6646 | If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do | |
6647 | nothing. | |
d37d6c0b | 6648 | @end defmac |
d300bd48 | 6649 | |
d37d6c0b | 6650 | @defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend}) |
889fd92b | 6651 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name |
6652 | once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a | |
6653 | chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an | |
6654 | initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare | |
6655 | something about the size of the object. | |
6656 | ||
6657 | If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do | |
6658 | nothing. | |
6659 | ||
ef7af4c3 | 6660 | You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or |
6661 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6662 | @end defmac |
ef7af4c3 | 6663 | |
67c1e638 | 6664 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (FILE *@var{stream}, const char *@var{name}) |
6665 | This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream | |
889fd92b | 6666 | @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global; |
67c1e638 | 6667 | that is, available for reference from other files. |
889fd92b | 6668 | |
67c1e638 | 6669 | The default implementation relies on a proper definition of |
6670 | @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}. | |
95304098 | 6671 | @end deftypefn |
33b14b1e | 6672 | |
d37d6c0b | 6673 | @defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 6674 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6675 | @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak; | |
6676 | that is, available for reference from other files but only used if | |
6677 | no other definition is available. Use the expression | |
6678 | @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name | |
6679 | itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax | |
6680 | for making that name weak, and a newline. | |
6681 | ||
ee0125fb | 6682 | If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not |
6683 | support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK} | |
6684 | macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 6685 | @end defmac |
ee0125fb | 6686 | |
d37d6c0b | 6687 | @defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value}) |
ee0125fb | 6688 | Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and |
6689 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function | |
6690 | or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement | |
6691 | should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which | |
6692 | defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value | |
6693 | @var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands | |
6694 | to make @var{name} weak. | |
d37d6c0b | 6695 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6696 | |
d37d6c0b | 6697 | @defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK |
889fd92b | 6698 | A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols. |
6699 | ||
6700 | If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default | |
ee0125fb | 6701 | definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL} |
6702 | is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is | |
6703 | @samp{0}. Define this macro if you want to control weak symbol support | |
6704 | with a compiler flag such as @option{-melf}. | |
d37d6c0b | 6705 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6706 | |
d37d6c0b | 6707 | @defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl}) |
889fd92b | 6708 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a |
6709 | public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will | |
6710 | be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file | |
6711 | format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT} | |
6712 | section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support | |
6713 | requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section. | |
d37d6c0b | 6714 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6715 | |
d37d6c0b | 6716 | @defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY |
889fd92b | 6717 | A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only |
6718 | semantics. | |
6719 | ||
6720 | If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default | |
6721 | definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default | |
6722 | definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if | |
0dbd1c74 | 6723 | you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if |
889fd92b | 6724 | setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to |
6725 | be emitted as one-only. | |
d37d6c0b | 6726 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6727 | |
2532673e | 6728 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY (tree @var{decl}, const char *@var{visibility}) |
6729 | This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some | |
6730 | commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have | |
6731 | hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}. | |
6732 | @end deftypefn | |
6733 | ||
9bb1c6fd | 6734 | @defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC |
2f9fc8ef | 6735 | A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects |
9bb1c6fd | 6736 | that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents. |
6737 | The default is @code{0}. | |
6738 | ||
6739 | Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that, | |
6740 | if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and | |
6741 | will have undefined references from other translation units, that | |
6742 | symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will | |
6743 | thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak | |
6744 | (explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes | |
6745 | with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak. | |
6746 | ||
6747 | The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for | |
6748 | targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker | |
6749 | restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's | |
6750 | table of contents. | |
2f9fc8ef | 6751 | @end defmac |
6752 | ||
6753 | @defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_HIDDEN | |
6754 | A C expression that evaluates to true if the target supports hidden | |
6755 | visibility. By default this expression is true if and only if | |
6756 | @code{HAS_GAS_HIDDEN} is defined. Set this macro if the | |
6757 | @code{HAS_GAS_HIDDEN} macro gives the wrong answer for this | |
6758 | target. (For example, if the target's mechanism for supporting | |
6759 | hidden visibility is not the same as GAS's.) | |
6760 | @end defmac | |
6761 | ||
d37d6c0b | 6762 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 6763 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6764 | @var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external | |
6765 | symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but | |
6766 | not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the | |
6767 | declaration. | |
6768 | ||
6769 | This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything. | |
6770 | The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything. | |
d37d6c0b | 6771 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6772 | |
864af209 | 6773 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL (rtx @var{symref}) |
6774 | This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler | |
889fd92b | 6775 | pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the |
864af209 | 6776 | library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}. |
6777 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 6778 | |
d37d6c0b | 6779 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 6780 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6781 | @var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named | |
6782 | @var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that | |
6783 | is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix | |
6784 | systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}. | |
d37d6c0b | 6785 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6786 | |
d37d6c0b | 6787 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym}) |
258e5000 | 6788 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to |
633beede | 6789 | @code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name} |
258e5000 | 6790 | will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used |
6791 | to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information | |
7811991d | 6792 | encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}. |
d37d6c0b | 6793 | @end defmac |
258e5000 | 6794 | |
d37d6c0b | 6795 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf}) |
633beede | 6796 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the |
a22d2169 | 6797 | result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined, |
633beede | 6798 | @code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol. |
6799 | This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l} | |
6800 | specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set | |
a22d2169 | 6801 | when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is |
6802 | being taken. | |
d37d6c0b | 6803 | @end defmac |
633beede | 6804 | |
805e22b2 | 6805 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL (FILE *@var{stream}, const char *@var{prefix}, unsigned long @var{labelno}) |
6806 | A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose | |
6807 | name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}. | |
889fd92b | 6808 | |
6809 | It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels | |
6810 | used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs | |
6811 | will have name conflicts with internal labels. | |
6812 | ||
6813 | It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the | |
6814 | object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that | |
6815 | should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the | |
6816 | beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what | |
6817 | convention your system uses, and follow it. | |
6818 | ||
805e22b2 | 6819 | The default version of this function utilizes ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. |
805e22b2 | 6820 | @end deftypefn |
889fd92b | 6821 | |
d37d6c0b | 6822 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}) |
64e17633 | 6823 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info |
6824 | label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number | |
6825 | @var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels | |
6826 | may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some | |
6827 | systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction | |
6828 | bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction | |
6829 | bundles. | |
6830 | ||
805e22b2 | 6831 | If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be |
64e17633 | 6832 | used. |
d37d6c0b | 6833 | @end defmac |
64e17633 | 6834 | |
d37d6c0b | 6835 | @defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}) |
889fd92b | 6836 | A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name |
6837 | is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}. | |
6838 | ||
6839 | This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should | |
805e22b2 | 6840 | produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce |
889fd92b | 6841 | with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}. |
6842 | ||
6843 | If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will | |
6844 | output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for | |
6845 | @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the | |
6846 | string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets | |
6847 | to output the string, and may change it. (Of course, | |
6848 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so | |
6849 | you should know what it does on your machine.) | |
d37d6c0b | 6850 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6851 | |
d37d6c0b | 6852 | @defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number}) |
889fd92b | 6853 | A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type |
6854 | @code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string | |
6855 | @var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation | |
6856 | added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string. | |
6857 | ||
6858 | The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to | |
6859 | produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is | |
6860 | @var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid | |
6861 | assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this | |
6862 | macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named | |
6863 | internal static variables in different scopes. | |
6864 | ||
6865 | Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any | |
6866 | conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods | |
6867 | or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these | |
6868 | between the name and the number will suffice. | |
6869 | ||
805e22b2 | 6870 | If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided |
6871 | which is correct for most systems. | |
d37d6c0b | 6872 | @end defmac |
805e22b2 | 6873 | |
d37d6c0b | 6874 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value}) |
889fd92b | 6875 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code |
6876 | which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}. | |
6877 | ||
47d41401 | 6878 | @findex SET_ASM_OP |
70c2c81c | 6879 | If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is |
889fd92b | 6880 | correct for most systems. |
d37d6c0b | 6881 | @end defmac |
8ae28d4d | 6882 | |
d37d6c0b | 6883 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value}) |
17827ae8 | 6884 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code |
ae7d2789 | 6885 | which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} |
17827ae8 | 6886 | to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will |
6887 | be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if | |
6888 | the tree nodes are available. | |
6889 | ||
47d41401 | 6890 | @findex SET_ASM_OP |
70c2c81c | 6891 | If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is |
ad87de1e | 6892 | correct for most systems. |
d37d6c0b | 6893 | @end defmac |
ad87de1e | 6894 | |
d37d6c0b | 6895 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value}) |
8ae28d4d | 6896 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code |
6897 | which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value | |
3285e530 | 6898 | @var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as |
6899 | an undefined weak symbol. | |
8ae28d4d | 6900 | |
6901 | Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define | |
70c2c81c | 6902 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible. |
d37d6c0b | 6903 | @end defmac |
8ae28d4d | 6904 | |
d37d6c0b | 6905 | @defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name}) |
889fd92b | 6906 | Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for |
3db5236b | 6907 | Objective-C methods. |
889fd92b | 6908 | |
6909 | The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the | |
6910 | class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of | |
6911 | the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@: | |
6912 | @samp{_1_Foo_Bar}). | |
6913 | ||
6914 | These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since | |
6915 | the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular | |
6916 | systems define other ways of computing names. | |
6917 | ||
6918 | @var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a | |
6919 | buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as | |
6920 | @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus | |
6921 | 50 characters extra. | |
6922 | ||
6923 | The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance | |
6924 | method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class; | |
dd5beb9d | 6925 | @var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not |
889fd92b | 6926 | in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector. |
6927 | ||
6928 | On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this | |
6929 | macro to provide more human-readable names. | |
d37d6c0b | 6930 | @end defmac |
46a0fe07 | 6931 | |
d37d6c0b | 6932 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_CLASS_REFERENCE (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
9c8b6f65 | 6933 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6934 | @var{stream} commands to declare that the label @var{name} is an | |
6935 | Objective-C class reference. This is only needed for targets whose | |
6936 | linkers have special support for NeXT-style runtimes. | |
d37d6c0b | 6937 | @end defmac |
9c8b6f65 | 6938 | |
d37d6c0b | 6939 | @defmac ASM_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_REFERENCE (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
46a0fe07 | 6940 | A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream |
6941 | @var{stream} commands to declare that the label @var{name} is an | |
6942 | unresolved Objective-C class reference. This is only needed for targets | |
6943 | whose linkers have special support for NeXT-style runtimes. | |
d37d6c0b | 6944 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 6945 | |
6946 | @node Initialization | |
6947 | @subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled | |
6948 | @cindex initialization routines | |
6949 | @cindex termination routines | |
6950 | @cindex constructors, output of | |
6951 | @cindex destructors, output of | |
6952 | ||
6953 | The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors} | |
6954 | (also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize | |
6955 | data in the program when the program is started. These functions need | |
6956 | to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before | |
6957 | @code{main} is called. | |
6958 | ||
6959 | Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called | |
6960 | @dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program | |
6961 | terminates. | |
6962 | ||
6963 | To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler | |
6964 | must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to | |
6965 | be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new | |
6966 | system, you need to specify how to do this. | |
6967 | ||
6968 | There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of | |
6969 | initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants. | |
6970 | Much of the structure is common to all four variations. | |
6971 | ||
6972 | @findex __CTOR_LIST__ | |
6973 | @findex __DTOR_LIST__ | |
6974 | The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of | |
6975 | initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of | |
6976 | termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}. | |
6977 | ||
6978 | Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold | |
6979 | 0, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on | |
6980 | the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function | |
6981 | pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function | |
6982 | pointer containing zero. | |
6983 | ||
6984 | Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either | |
6985 | @file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup | |
6986 | time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the | |
6987 | list; destructors in forward order. | |
6988 | ||
6989 | The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file | |
6990 | formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set | |
6991 | aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors. | |
6992 | Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each | |
6993 | object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in | |
6994 | the constructor section to point to that function. The linker | |
6995 | accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section. | |
6996 | Termination functions are handled similarly. | |
6997 | ||
01d15dc5 | 6998 | This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if |
6999 | @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not | |
228c5b30 | 7000 | support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated |
01d15dc5 | 7001 | constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} |
7002 | and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect. | |
889fd92b | 7003 | |
7004 | When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending | |
7005 | upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that | |
01d15dc5 | 7006 | support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup, |
889fd92b | 7007 | parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The |
228c76d8 | 7008 | program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this: |
889fd92b | 7009 | |
a0ecd6b1 | 7010 | @smallexample |
01d15dc5 | 7011 | ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o |
a0ecd6b1 | 7012 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 7013 | |
01d15dc5 | 7014 | The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init} |
7015 | section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise | |
7016 | for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these | |
7017 | files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but | |
7018 | are provided by GCC for a few targets. | |
7019 | ||
7020 | The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets) | |
7021 | compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code | |
7022 | fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch | |
7023 | to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts | |
7024 | of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function | |
7025 | that invokes the routines we need at startup. | |
889fd92b | 7026 | |
7027 | To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} | |
7028 | macro properly. | |
7029 | ||
01d15dc5 | 7030 | If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called |
7031 | @code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program | |
7032 | entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}), | |
7033 | it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code | |
7034 | after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined | |
7035 | in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors. | |
889fd92b | 7036 | |
7037 | In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again | |
7038 | two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld}) | |
7039 | and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case, | |
01d15dc5 | 7040 | @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs} |
889fd92b | 7041 | entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, |
7042 | and with the address of the void function containing the initialization | |
7043 | code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add | |
01d15dc5 | 7044 | the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually |
889fd92b | 7045 | placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with |
7046 | a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element. | |
01d15dc5 | 7047 | @code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init |
889fd92b | 7048 | section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes |
7049 | the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting | |
7050 | the initialization process. | |
7051 | ||
7052 | The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker. | |
7053 | This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using | |
0858e3a2 | 7054 | file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In |
01d15dc5 | 7055 | this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and |
7056 | termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires | |
7057 | an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program | |
7058 | pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running | |
7059 | the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of | |
7060 | initialization and termination functions. These functions are called | |
7061 | via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method, | |
7062 | @code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}. | |
889fd92b | 7063 | |
7064 | @ifinfo | |
7065 | The following section describes the specific macros that control and | |
7066 | customize the handling of initialization and termination functions. | |
7067 | @end ifinfo | |
7068 | ||
7069 | @node Macros for Initialization | |
7070 | @subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines | |
7071 | ||
7072 | Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization | |
7073 | and termination functions: | |
7074 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7075 | @defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP |
b01e21ca | 7076 | If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler |
7077 | operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not | |
7078 | defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are | |
7079 | using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this | |
7080 | macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to | |
7081 | run the initialization functions. | |
d37d6c0b | 7082 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7083 | |
d37d6c0b | 7084 | @defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION |
889fd92b | 7085 | If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above. |
01d15dc5 | 7086 | This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code |
7087 | on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not | |
7088 | be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7089 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7090 | |
d37d6c0b | 7091 | @defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH |
889fd92b | 7092 | If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that |
7093 | the following symbol is an initialization routine. | |
d37d6c0b | 7094 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7095 | |
d37d6c0b | 7096 | @defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH |
889fd92b | 7097 | If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that |
7098 | the following symbol is a finalization routine. | |
d37d6c0b | 7099 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7100 | |
d37d6c0b | 7101 | @defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func}) |
2f9e77d1 | 7102 | If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be |
7103 | automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function | |
7104 | should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and | |
7105 | the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a | |
27b200ed | 7106 | function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated. |
2f9e77d1 | 7107 | |
7108 | This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a | |
228c5b30 | 7109 | shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2 |
2f9e77d1 | 7110 | exception tables embedded in the code. |
d37d6c0b | 7111 | @end defmac |
2f9e77d1 | 7112 | |
d37d6c0b | 7113 | @defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func}) |
2f9e77d1 | 7114 | If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be |
7115 | automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function | |
7116 | should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and | |
7117 | the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a | |
27b200ed | 7118 | function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated. |
d37d6c0b | 7119 | @end defmac |
2f9e77d1 | 7120 | |
d37d6c0b | 7121 | @defmac INVOKE__main |
889fd92b | 7122 | If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of |
7123 | @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems | |
7124 | where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still | |
7125 | useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors. | |
d37d6c0b | 7126 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7127 | |
d37d6c0b | 7128 | @defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY |
246dd815 | 7129 | If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the |
7130 | compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization | |
7131 | of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon | |
7132 | encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute. | |
d37d6c0b | 7133 | @end defmac |
01d15dc5 | 7134 | |
7135 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS | |
7136 | This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of | |
7137 | collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit. | |
7138 | It is false if we must use @command{collect2}. | |
7139 | @end deftypefn | |
7140 | ||
7141 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR (rtx @var{symbol}, int @var{priority}) | |
7142 | If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call | |
7143 | the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time. | |
246dd815 | 7144 | |
01d15dc5 | 7145 | Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking |
7146 | no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization | |
7147 | priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY}; | |
7148 | otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}. | |
7149 | ||
7120b8b4 | 7150 | If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will |
01d15dc5 | 7151 | be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the |
7152 | target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2} | |
7153 | is not defined. | |
7154 | @end deftypefn | |
7155 | ||
7156 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR (rtx @var{symbol}, int @var{priority}) | |
7157 | This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination | |
889fd92b | 7158 | functions rather than initialization functions. |
01d15dc5 | 7159 | @end deftypefn |
624bbb1b | 7160 | |
01d15dc5 | 7161 | If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine |
7162 | generated for the generated object file will have static linkage. | |
889fd92b | 7163 | |
01d15dc5 | 7164 | If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing |
7165 | constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan | |
7166 | an object file for constructor functions to be called. | |
624bbb1b | 7167 | |
4bfa9136 | 7168 | On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make |
01d15dc5 | 7169 | @command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all): |
889fd92b | 7170 | |
d37d6c0b | 7171 | @defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF |
889fd92b | 7172 | Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format) |
01d15dc5 | 7173 | object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan |
889fd92b | 7174 | object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions. |
889fd92b | 7175 | |
4bfa9136 | 7176 | This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as |
01d15dc5 | 7177 | part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine. |
d37d6c0b | 7178 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7179 | |
ff2185fb | 7180 | @defmac COLLECT_PARSE_FLAG (@var{flag}) |
7181 | Define this macro to be C code that examines @command{collect2} command | |
7182 | line option @var{flag} and performs special actions if | |
7183 | @command{collect2} needs to behave differently depending on @var{flag}. | |
7184 | @end defmac | |
7185 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7186 | @defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME |
889fd92b | 7187 | Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use |
01d15dc5 | 7188 | to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for |
7189 | @command{nm}. | |
889fd92b | 7190 | |
7191 | If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the | |
7192 | dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define | |
7193 | these macros to enable support for running initialization and | |
7194 | termination functions in shared libraries: | |
d37d6c0b | 7195 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7196 | |
d37d6c0b | 7197 | @defmac LDD_SUFFIX |
01d15dc5 | 7198 | Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program |
7199 | which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{"ldd"} under SunOS 4. | |
d37d6c0b | 7200 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7201 | |
d37d6c0b | 7202 | @defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr}) |
889fd92b | 7203 | Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output |
70c2c81c | 7204 | of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable |
889fd92b | 7205 | of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output |
7206 | from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the | |
70c2c81c | 7207 | code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that |
7208 | line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7209 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7210 | |
7211 | @node Instruction Output | |
7212 | @subsection Output of Assembler Instructions | |
7213 | ||
7214 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7215 | This describes assembler instruction output. | |
7216 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7217 | @defmac REGISTER_NAMES |
889fd92b | 7218 | A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine |
7219 | registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates | |
7220 | register numbers in the compiler into assembler language. | |
d37d6c0b | 7221 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7222 | |
d37d6c0b | 7223 | @defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES |
889fd92b | 7224 | If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name |
7225 | and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard | |
7226 | registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer | |
7227 | to registers using alternate names. | |
d37d6c0b | 7228 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7229 | |
d37d6c0b | 7230 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}) |
889fd92b | 7231 | Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that |
7232 | requires different names for the machine instructions. | |
7233 | ||
7234 | The definition is a C statement or statements which output an | |
7235 | assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The | |
7236 | macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which | |
7237 | points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is | |
7238 | written in the machine description. The definition should output the | |
7239 | opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and | |
7240 | increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode | |
7241 | so that it will not be output twice. | |
7242 | ||
7243 | In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode | |
7244 | name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text | |
7245 | that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take | |
7246 | care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment | |
7247 | @var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally. | |
7248 | ||
ebf49ed9 | 7249 | @findex recog_data.operand |
889fd92b | 7250 | If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the |
ebf49ed9 | 7251 | elements of @code{recog_data.operand}. |
889fd92b | 7252 | |
7253 | If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output | |
7254 | in the usual way. | |
d37d6c0b | 7255 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7256 | |
d37d6c0b | 7257 | @defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands}) |
889fd92b | 7258 | If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of |
7259 | assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so | |
7260 | they will be output differently. | |
7261 | ||
7262 | Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands | |
7263 | extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of | |
7264 | elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn. | |
7265 | The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn | |
7266 | template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output | |
7267 | by changing the contents of the vector. | |
7268 | ||
7269 | This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single | |
7270 | file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you | |
7271 | can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such | |
7272 | as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler | |
7273 | syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by | |
7274 | writing conditional output routines in those patterns. | |
7275 | ||
7276 | If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement. | |
d37d6c0b | 7277 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7278 | |
d37d6c0b | 7279 | @defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code}) |
889fd92b | 7280 | A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the |
7281 | assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an | |
7282 | RTL expression. | |
7283 | ||
7284 | @var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways | |
7285 | of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be | |
7286 | printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from | |
7287 | the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the | |
7288 | operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then | |
7289 | @var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr} | |
7290 | @var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}. | |
7291 | ||
7292 | @findex reg_names | |
7293 | If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name. | |
7294 | The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is | |
7295 | @code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from | |
7296 | @code{REGISTER_NAMES}. | |
7297 | ||
7298 | When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}} | |
7299 | (a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called | |
7300 | with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for | |
7301 | @var{code}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7302 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7303 | |
d37d6c0b | 7304 | @defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code}) |
889fd92b | 7305 | A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid |
7306 | punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If | |
7307 | @code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no | |
7308 | punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used | |
7309 | in this way. | |
d37d6c0b | 7310 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7311 | |
d37d6c0b | 7312 | @defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x}) |
889fd92b | 7313 | A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the |
7314 | assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference | |
7315 | whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression. | |
7316 | ||
7811991d | 7317 | @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage |
889fd92b | 7318 | On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the |
7811991d | 7319 | section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook |
7320 | @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the | |
d37d6c0b | 7321 | @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler |
7322 | Format}. | |
7323 | @end defmac | |
889fd92b | 7324 | |
889fd92b | 7325 | @findex dbr_sequence_length |
d37d6c0b | 7326 | @defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file}) |
889fd92b | 7327 | A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have |
7328 | been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to | |
7329 | determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not | |
7330 | currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output, | |
7331 | or whatever. | |
7332 | ||
7333 | Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in | |
7334 | reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made | |
0858f8a2 | 7335 | explicit (e.g.@: with white space). |
d37d6c0b | 7336 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7337 | |
7338 | @findex final_sequence | |
7339 | Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be | |
0858f8a2 | 7340 | prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence |
7341 | (i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be | |
889fd92b | 7342 | found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not |
7343 | processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx | |
7344 | being output. | |
7345 | ||
889fd92b | 7346 | @findex asm_fprintf |
d37d6c0b | 7347 | @defmac REGISTER_PREFIX |
7348 | @defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX | |
7349 | @defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX | |
7350 | @defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX | |
889fd92b | 7351 | If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L}, |
7352 | @samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see | |
7353 | @file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must | |
7354 | support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h} | |
7355 | files can define these macros differently. | |
d37d6c0b | 7356 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7357 | |
d37d6c0b | 7358 | @defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format}) |
ae7d2789 | 7359 | If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case} |
31b6f0a8 | 7360 | statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of |
7361 | the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra | |
7362 | printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler | |
f613a8c9 | 7363 | statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future |
31b6f0a8 | 7364 | generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target |
7365 | specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}. | |
7366 | The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format | |
7367 | string, starting the character after the one that is being switched | |
7368 | upon, is pointed to by @var{format}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7369 | @end defmac |
31b6f0a8 | 7370 | |
d37d6c0b | 7371 | @defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT |
889fd92b | 7372 | If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as |
7373 | different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the | |
7374 | numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the | |
7375 | first variant. | |
7376 | ||
7377 | If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form | |
747af5e7 | 7378 | @smallexample |
228c5b30 | 7379 | @samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}} |
747af5e7 | 7380 | @end smallexample |
7381 | @noindent | |
7382 | in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the | |
7383 | first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs | |
7384 | @samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of | |
7385 | @code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters | |
7386 | within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer | |
7387 | alternatives within the braces than the value of | |
7388 | @code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. | |
889fd92b | 7389 | |
7390 | If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and | |
7391 | @samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or | |
7392 | operands to @code{asm_fprintf}. | |
7393 | ||
7394 | Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX}, | |
7395 | @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express | |
997d68fe | 7396 | the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define |
889fd92b | 7397 | @code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax |
7398 | if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different | |
7399 | opcodes or operand order. | |
d37d6c0b | 7400 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7401 | |
d37d6c0b | 7402 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 7403 | A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code |
7404 | which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack. | |
7405 | The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when | |
7406 | profiling. | |
d37d6c0b | 7407 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7408 | |
d37d6c0b | 7409 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 7410 | A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code |
7411 | which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack. | |
7412 | The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when | |
7413 | profiling. | |
d37d6c0b | 7414 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7415 | |
7416 | @node Dispatch Tables | |
7417 | @subsection Output of Dispatch Tables | |
7418 | ||
7419 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7420 | This concerns dispatch tables. | |
7421 | ||
889fd92b | 7422 | @cindex dispatch table |
d37d6c0b | 7423 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel}) |
889fd92b | 7424 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler |
7425 | pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels. | |
7426 | @var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The | |
7427 | definitions of these labels are output using | |
805e22b2 | 7428 | @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same |
889fd92b | 7429 | way here. For example, |
7430 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 7431 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 7432 | fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n", |
7433 | @var{value}, @var{rel}) | |
a0ecd6b1 | 7434 | @end smallexample |
889fd92b | 7435 | |
7436 | You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a | |
37744367 | 7437 | dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC |
0858e3a2 | 7438 | will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@. |
70c2c81c | 7439 | @var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the |
9eaab178 | 7440 | mode and flags can be read. |
d37d6c0b | 7441 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7442 | |
d37d6c0b | 7443 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value}) |
889fd92b | 7444 | This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses |
7445 | in a dispatch table are absolute. | |
7446 | ||
7447 | The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream | |
7448 | @var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to | |
7449 | a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose | |
805e22b2 | 7450 | definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}. |
889fd92b | 7451 | For example, |
7452 | ||
a0ecd6b1 | 7453 | @smallexample |
889fd92b | 7454 | fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value}) |
a0ecd6b1 | 7455 | @end smallexample |
d37d6c0b | 7456 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7457 | |
d37d6c0b | 7458 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table}) |
889fd92b | 7459 | Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output |
7460 | specially. The first three arguments are the same as for | |
805e22b2 | 7461 | @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the |
889fd92b | 7462 | jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_insn} containing an |
7463 | @code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}). | |
7464 | ||
7465 | This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement | |
7466 | for the table. | |
7467 | ||
7468 | If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with | |
805e22b2 | 7469 | @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}. |
d37d6c0b | 7470 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7471 | |
d37d6c0b | 7472 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table}) |
889fd92b | 7473 | Define this if something special must be output at the end of a |
7474 | jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed | |
7475 | after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write | |
7476 | the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument | |
7477 | @var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number | |
7478 | of the preceding label. | |
7479 | ||
7480 | If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of | |
7481 | the jump-table. | |
d37d6c0b | 7482 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7483 | |
ef1074f7 | 7484 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{for_eh}, @var{empty}) |
2f9fc8ef | 7485 | This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE. It |
7486 | should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it | |
7487 | should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the | |
7488 | function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}. | |
ef1074f7 | 7489 | The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an |
7490 | exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean: | |
7491 | true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE. | |
2f9fc8ef | 7492 | |
7493 | The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels. | |
7494 | @end deftypefn | |
7495 | ||
8ec87476 | 7496 | @deftypefn {Taget Hook} void TARGET_UNWIND_EMIT (FILE * @var{stream}, rtx @var{insn}) |
7497 | This target hook emits and assembly directives required to unwind the | |
7498 | given instruction. This is only used when TARGET_UNWIND_INFO is set. | |
7499 | @end deftypefn | |
7500 | ||
3b0848a2 | 7501 | @node Exception Region Output |
889fd92b | 7502 | @subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions |
7503 | ||
7504 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7505 | ||
7506 | This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception | |
7507 | region. | |
7508 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7509 | @defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME |
2cb4ac60 | 7510 | If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing |
7511 | exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will | |
7512 | provide a default definition if the target supports named sections. | |
7513 | @file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section. | |
d757b8c9 | 7514 | |
7515 | You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame | |
7516 | unwind information and the default definition does not work. | |
d37d6c0b | 7517 | @end defmac |
d757b8c9 | 7518 | |
d37d6c0b | 7519 | @defmac EH_FRAME_IN_DATA_SECTION |
4b6d9d50 | 7520 | If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will be placed in the |
7521 | data section even though the target supports named sections. This | |
7522 | might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker does garbage | |
7523 | collection and sections cannot be marked as not to be collected. | |
7524 | ||
7525 | Do not define this macro unless @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is | |
7526 | also defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 7527 | @end defmac |
4b6d9d50 | 7528 | |
d37d6c0b | 7529 | @defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR |
70c2c81c | 7530 | An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so |
889fd92b | 7531 | that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it. |
d37d6c0b | 7532 | @end defmac |
d757b8c9 | 7533 | |
d37d6c0b | 7534 | @defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO |
d757b8c9 | 7535 | Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind |
7536 | information, but it does not yet work with exception handling. | |
7537 | Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines | |
7538 | @samp{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either @samp{UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP} | |
7539 | or @samp{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}), GCC will provide a default definition of | |
7540 | 1. | |
7541 | ||
7542 | If this macro is defined to 1, the DWARF 2 unwinder will be the default | |
70c2c81c | 7543 | exception handling mechanism; otherwise, @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} will be used by |
d757b8c9 | 7544 | default. |
7545 | ||
7546 | If this macro is defined to anything, the DWARF 2 unwinder will be used | |
70c2c81c | 7547 | instead of inline unwinders and @code{__unwind_function} in the non-@code{setjmp} case. |
d37d6c0b | 7548 | @end defmac |
d757b8c9 | 7549 | |
8ec87476 | 7550 | @defmac TARGET_UNWIND_INFO |
7551 | Define this macro if your target has ABI specified unwind tables. Usually | |
7552 | these will be output by @code{TARGET_UNWIND_EMIT}. | |
7553 | @end defmac | |
7554 | ||
b5813232 | 7555 | @defmac MUST_USE_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS |
7556 | This macro need only be defined if @code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} is | |
7557 | runtime-variable. In that case, @file{except.h} cannot correctly | |
7558 | determine the corresponding definition of | |
7559 | @code{MUST_USE_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS}, so the target must provide it directly. | |
7560 | @end defmac | |
7561 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7562 | @defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT |
78ac74b9 | 7563 | This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the |
7564 | function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to | |
7565 | @code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum | |
7566 | alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and the positive | |
7567 | minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{SDB and DWARF}. Only applicable if | |
7568 | the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information. | |
d37d6c0b | 7569 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7570 | |
02c8b767 | 7571 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_EXCEPTION_SECTION () |
7572 | If defined, a function that switches to the section in which the main | |
7573 | exception table is to be placed (@pxref{Sections}). The default is a | |
7574 | function that switches to a section named @code{.gcc_except_table} on | |
7575 | machines that support named sections via | |
7576 | @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}, otherwise if @option{-fpic} or | |
7577 | @option{-fPIC} is in effect, the @code{data_section}, otherwise the | |
7578 | @code{readonly_data_section}. | |
7579 | @end deftypefn | |
7580 | ||
7581 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_ASM_EH_FRAME_SECTION () | |
7582 | If defined, a function that switches to the section in which the DWARF 2 | |
7583 | frame unwind information to be placed (@pxref{Sections}). The default | |
7584 | is a function that outputs a standard GAS section directive, if | |
7585 | @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, or else a data section | |
7586 | directive followed by a synthetic label. | |
7587 | @end deftypefn | |
7588 | ||
a08b74c8 | 7589 | @deftypevar {Target Hook} bool TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO |
7590 | Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the | |
7591 | end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling. | |
7592 | Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and | |
7593 | true otherwise. | |
7594 | @end deftypevar | |
7595 | ||
9754a2f0 | 7596 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} rtx TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN (rtx @var{reg}) |
7597 | Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to | |
7598 | represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the | |
7599 | register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous | |
7600 | locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one | |
7601 | register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}. | |
7602 | If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}. | |
7603 | @end deftypefn | |
7604 | ||
889fd92b | 7605 | @node Alignment Output |
7606 | @subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment | |
7607 | ||
7608 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7609 | This describes commands for alignment. | |
7610 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7611 | @defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label}) |
312866af | 7612 | The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is |
8ef587dc | 7613 | a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge. |
9a21c785 | 7614 | |
7615 | This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment | |
7616 | to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently | |
7617 | define the macro. | |
61e95947 | 7618 | |
e6c99545 | 7619 | Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better |
7620 | to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's | |
18566b13 | 7621 | @code{OVERRIDE_OPTIONS}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's |
312866af | 7622 | selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation. |
d37d6c0b | 7623 | @end defmac |
312866af | 7624 | |
d37d6c0b | 7625 | @defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label}) |
312866af | 7626 | The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows |
7627 | a @code{BARRIER}. | |
7628 | ||
7629 | This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment | |
7630 | to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently | |
7631 | define the macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 7632 | @end defmac |
e6c99545 | 7633 | |
d37d6c0b | 7634 | @defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER_MAX_SKIP |
3b0848a2 | 7635 | The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying |
61e95947 | 7636 | @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if |
7637 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 7638 | @end defmac |
61e95947 | 7639 | |
d37d6c0b | 7640 | @defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label}) |
21d55c67 | 7641 | The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows |
70c2c81c | 7642 | a @code{NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG} note. |
889fd92b | 7643 | |
7644 | This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment | |
7645 | to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently | |
7646 | define the macro. | |
7647 | ||
61e95947 | 7648 | Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better |
70c2c81c | 7649 | to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's |
18566b13 | 7650 | @code{OVERRIDE_OPTIONS}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's |
70c2c81c | 7651 | selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation. |
d37d6c0b | 7652 | @end defmac |
61e95947 | 7653 | |
d37d6c0b | 7654 | @defmac LOOP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP |
61e95947 | 7655 | The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN}. |
7656 | This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 7657 | @end defmac |
61e95947 | 7658 | |
d37d6c0b | 7659 | @defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label}) |
21d55c67 | 7660 | The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}. |
70c2c81c | 7661 | If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment, |
21d55c67 | 7662 | the maximum of the specified values is used. |
7663 | ||
61e95947 | 7664 | Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better |
70c2c81c | 7665 | to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's |
18566b13 | 7666 | @code{OVERRIDE_OPTIONS}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's |
70c2c81c | 7667 | selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation. |
d37d6c0b | 7668 | @end defmac |
61e95947 | 7669 | |
d37d6c0b | 7670 | @defmac LABEL_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP |
61e95947 | 7671 | The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}. |
7672 | This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 7673 | @end defmac |
61e95947 | 7674 | |
d37d6c0b | 7675 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes}) |
889fd92b | 7676 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler |
7677 | instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes. | |
7678 | Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C | |
7679 | expression of type @code{int}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7680 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7681 | |
d37d6c0b | 7682 | @defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT |
889fd92b | 7683 | Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the |
da2b9be0 | 7684 | text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped. |
889fd92b | 7685 | This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes |
7686 | produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text | |
7687 | section. | |
d37d6c0b | 7688 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7689 | |
d37d6c0b | 7690 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}) |
889fd92b | 7691 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler |
7692 | command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the | |
7693 | @var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7694 | @end defmac |
7e4ec8d5 | 7695 | |
d37d6c0b | 7696 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power}) |
7af58cc3 | 7697 | Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used |
7698 | for padding, if necessary. | |
d37d6c0b | 7699 | @end defmac |
7af58cc3 | 7700 | |
d37d6c0b | 7701 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip}) |
7e4ec8d5 | 7702 | A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler |
7703 | command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the | |
7704 | @var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to | |
7705 | satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be | |
7706 | a C expression of type @code{int}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7707 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7708 | |
7709 | @need 3000 | |
7710 | @node Debugging Info | |
7711 | @section Controlling Debugging Information Format | |
7712 | ||
7713 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7714 | This describes how to specify debugging information. | |
7715 | ||
7716 | @menu | |
7717 | * All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly. | |
7718 | * DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format. | |
7719 | * DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format. | |
7720 | * File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format. | |
7721 | * SDB and DWARF:: Macros for SDB (COFF) and DWARF formats. | |
e6307525 | 7722 | * VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format. |
889fd92b | 7723 | @end menu |
7724 | ||
7725 | @node All Debuggers | |
7726 | @subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats | |
7727 | ||
7728 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7729 | These macros affect all debugging formats. | |
7730 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7731 | @defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno}) |
889fd92b | 7732 | A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler |
1ff6063a | 7733 | register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value |
7734 | of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are | |
7735 | some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice | |
7736 | versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the | |
7737 | compiler and another for DBX@. | |
889fd92b | 7738 | |
e8e57187 | 7739 | If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be |
889fd92b | 7740 | used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have |
7741 | consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}. | |
7742 | Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they | |
7743 | expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme. | |
7744 | ||
7745 | If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that | |
7746 | does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is | |
7747 | redefine the actual register numbering scheme. | |
d37d6c0b | 7748 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7749 | |
d37d6c0b | 7750 | @defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x}) |
889fd92b | 7751 | A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic |
7752 | variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default | |
7753 | computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and | |
7754 | gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets | |
7755 | that produce debugging output for DBX or COFF-style debugging output | |
7756 | for SDB and allow the frame-pointer to be eliminated when the | |
8ae77b3c | 7757 | @option{-g} options is used. |
d37d6c0b | 7758 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7759 | |
d37d6c0b | 7760 | @defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x}) |
889fd92b | 7761 | A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument |
7762 | having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is | |
7763 | @var{offset}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7764 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7765 | |
d37d6c0b | 7766 | @defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE |
e8e57187 | 7767 | A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should |
8ae77b3c | 7768 | produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define |
e8e57187 | 7769 | this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of |
997d68fe | 7770 | debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG}, |
e6307525 | 7771 | @code{SDB_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, |
7772 | @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG}, and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}. | |
889fd92b | 7773 | |
8ae77b3c | 7774 | When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the |
997d68fe | 7775 | value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two |
f254cd4c | 7776 | exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the |
997d68fe | 7777 | value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}. Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is |
e8e57187 | 7778 | defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}. |
0c10f15a | 7779 | |
889fd92b | 7780 | The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the |
8ae77b3c | 7781 | user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs}, |
ad8d48ea | 7782 | @option{-gcoff}, @option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}. |
d37d6c0b | 7783 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7784 | |
7785 | @node DBX Options | |
7786 | @subsection Specific Options for DBX Output | |
7787 | ||
7788 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7789 | These are specific options for DBX output. | |
7790 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7791 | @defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO |
e8e57187 | 7792 | Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX |
8ae77b3c | 7793 | in response to the @option{-g} option. |
d37d6c0b | 7794 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7795 | |
d37d6c0b | 7796 | @defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO |
e8e57187 | 7797 | Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output |
8ae77b3c | 7798 | in response to the @option{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format. |
d37d6c0b | 7799 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7800 | |
d37d6c0b | 7801 | @defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS |
e8e57187 | 7802 | Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate |
889fd92b | 7803 | GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format |
7804 | debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the | |
7805 | macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information | |
7806 | if there is any occasion to. | |
d37d6c0b | 7807 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7808 | |
d37d6c0b | 7809 | @defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT |
889fd92b | 7810 | Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while |
7811 | in the text section. | |
d37d6c0b | 7812 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7813 | |
d37d6c0b | 7814 | @defmac ASM_STABS_OP |
b01e21ca | 7815 | A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to |
7816 | use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol. | |
7817 | If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used. This macro | |
7818 | applies only to DBX debugging information format. | |
d37d6c0b | 7819 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7820 | |
d37d6c0b | 7821 | @defmac ASM_STABD_OP |
b01e21ca | 7822 | A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to |
7823 | use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose | |
7824 | value is the current location. If you don't define this macro, | |
7825 | @code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging | |
7826 | information format. | |
d37d6c0b | 7827 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7828 | |
d37d6c0b | 7829 | @defmac ASM_STABN_OP |
b01e21ca | 7830 | A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to |
7831 | use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no | |
7832 | name. If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used. This | |
7833 | macro applies only to DBX debugging information format. | |
d37d6c0b | 7834 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7835 | |
d37d6c0b | 7836 | @defmac DBX_NO_XREFS |
889fd92b | 7837 | Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct |
7838 | @samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to | |
7839 | describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}. | |
7840 | On other systems, this construct is not supported at all. | |
d37d6c0b | 7841 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7842 | |
d37d6c0b | 7843 | @defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH |
889fd92b | 7844 | A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally |
7845 | continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it | |
7846 | exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some | |
7847 | operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting | |
7848 | must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro | |
7849 | with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by | |
7850 | defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire. | |
d37d6c0b | 7851 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7852 | |
d37d6c0b | 7853 | @defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR |
889fd92b | 7854 | Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to |
7855 | the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use | |
7856 | a different character instead, define this macro as a character | |
7857 | constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro | |
7858 | if backslash is correct for your system. | |
d37d6c0b | 7859 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7860 | |
d37d6c0b | 7861 | @defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION |
889fd92b | 7862 | Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before |
7863 | outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static | |
7864 | variable. | |
d37d6c0b | 7865 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7866 | |
d37d6c0b | 7867 | @defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE |
889fd92b | 7868 | The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive |
7869 | for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7870 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7871 | |
d37d6c0b | 7872 | @defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE |
889fd92b | 7873 | The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive |
7874 | for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not | |
7875 | provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7876 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7877 | |
d37d6c0b | 7878 | @defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE |
889fd92b | 7879 | The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive |
7880 | for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any | |
7881 | ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7882 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7883 | |
d37d6c0b | 7884 | @defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER |
889fd92b | 7885 | The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter |
7886 | passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to | |
7887 | do this. The default is @code{'P'}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7888 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7889 | |
d37d6c0b | 7890 | @defmac DBX_MEMPARM_STABS_LETTER |
889fd92b | 7891 | The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a stack |
7892 | parameter. The default is @code{'p'}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7893 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7894 | |
d37d6c0b | 7895 | @defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST |
889fd92b | 7896 | Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its |
7897 | arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally, | |
7898 | in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler | |
7899 | code. | |
d37d6c0b | 7900 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7901 | |
d37d6c0b | 7902 | @defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE |
889fd92b | 7903 | Define this macro if the value of a symbol describing the scope of a |
7904 | block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be relative to the start | |
37744367 | 7905 | of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses an absolute address. |
d37d6c0b | 7906 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7907 | |
d37d6c0b | 7908 | @defmac DBX_USE_BINCL |
37744367 | 7909 | Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and |
889fd92b | 7910 | @code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This |
37744367 | 7911 | macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file |
7912 | number and a type number within the file. Normally, GCC does not | |
889fd92b | 7913 | generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single |
7914 | number for a type number. | |
d37d6c0b | 7915 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7916 | |
7917 | @node DBX Hooks | |
7918 | @subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format | |
7919 | ||
7920 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7921 | These are hooks for DBX format. | |
7922 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7923 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 7924 | Define this macro to say how to output to @var{stream} the debugging |
7925 | information for the start of a scope level for variable names. The | |
7926 | argument @var{name} is the name of an assembler symbol (for use with | |
7927 | @code{assemble_name}) whose value is the address where the scope begins. | |
d37d6c0b | 7928 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7929 | |
d37d6c0b | 7930 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_RBRAC (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 7931 | Like @code{DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC}, but for the end of a scope level. |
d37d6c0b | 7932 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7933 | |
d37d6c0b | 7934 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NFUN (@var{stream}, @var{lscope_label}, @var{decl}) |
12b80435 | 7935 | Define this macro if the target machine requires special handling to |
7936 | output an @code{N_FUN} entry for the function @var{decl}. | |
d37d6c0b | 7937 | @end defmac |
12b80435 | 7938 | |
d37d6c0b | 7939 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_END (@var{stream}, @var{function}) |
889fd92b | 7940 | Define this macro if the target machine requires special output at the |
7941 | end of the debugging information for a function. The definition should | |
7942 | be a C statement (sans semicolon) to output the appropriate information | |
7943 | to @var{stream}. @var{function} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} node for | |
7944 | the function. | |
d37d6c0b | 7945 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7946 | |
d37d6c0b | 7947 | @defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END |
889fd92b | 7948 | Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the |
8e5fcce7 | 7949 | @code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct. |
889fd92b | 7950 | On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without |
7951 | disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions. | |
d37d6c0b | 7952 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7953 | |
7954 | @node File Names and DBX | |
7955 | @subsection File Names in DBX Format | |
7956 | ||
7957 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7958 | This describes file names in DBX format. | |
7959 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7960 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 7961 | A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream |
7962 | @var{stream} which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source | |
7963 | file---the file specified as the input file for compilation. | |
7964 | This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation. | |
7965 | ||
7966 | This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output | |
7967 | for DBX debugging information is appropriate. | |
d37d6c0b | 7968 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7969 | |
d37d6c0b | 7970 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 7971 | A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream |
7972 | @var{stream} which indicates that the current directory during | |
7973 | compilation is named @var{name}. | |
7974 | ||
7975 | This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output | |
7976 | for DBX debugging information is appropriate. | |
d37d6c0b | 7977 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7978 | |
d37d6c0b | 7979 | @defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name}) |
889fd92b | 7980 | A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of |
7981 | compilation of the main source file @var{name}. | |
7982 | ||
7983 | If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end | |
7984 | of compilation, which is correct for most machines. | |
d37d6c0b | 7985 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7986 | |
7987 | @need 2000 | |
7988 | @node SDB and DWARF | |
7989 | @subsection Macros for SDB and DWARF Output | |
7990 | ||
7991 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
7992 | Here are macros for SDB and DWARF output. | |
7993 | ||
d37d6c0b | 7994 | @defmac SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO |
e8e57187 | 7995 | Define this macro if GCC should produce COFF-style debugging output |
8ae77b3c | 7996 | for SDB in response to the @option{-g} option. |
d37d6c0b | 7997 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 7998 | |
d37d6c0b | 7999 | @defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO |
e8e57187 | 8000 | Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format |
8ae77b3c | 8001 | debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option. |
3c4f45fb | 8002 | |
071cd279 | 8003 | To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also |
8004 | define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set | |
8005 | @code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the | |
8006 | prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save} | |
17d9b0c3 | 8007 | as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't. |
d37d6c0b | 8008 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 8009 | |
d37d6c0b | 8010 | @defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO |
e8e57187 | 8011 | Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output |
9e042f31 | 8012 | Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} |
e8e57187 | 8013 | (@pxref{Exception Region Output} is nonzero, GCC will output this |
9e042f31 | 8014 | information not matter how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}. |
d37d6c0b | 8015 | @end defmac |
9e042f31 | 8016 | |
d37d6c0b | 8017 | @defmac DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL |
189c9752 | 8018 | By default, the Dwarf 2 debugging information generator will generate a |
8019 | label to mark the beginning of the text section. If it is better simply | |
8020 | to use the name of the text section itself, rather than an explicit label, | |
8021 | to indicate the beginning of the text section, define this macro to zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 8022 | @end defmac |
189c9752 | 8023 | |
d37d6c0b | 8024 | @defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO |
985956c1 | 8025 | Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2 |
8026 | line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number | |
8027 | tables, and hence is desirable if it works. | |
d37d6c0b | 8028 | @end defmac |
985956c1 | 8029 | |
d37d6c0b | 8030 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2}) |
a08b74c8 | 8031 | A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference |
8032 | between the two given labels, using an integer of the given size. | |
d37d6c0b | 8033 | @end defmac |
a08b74c8 | 8034 | |
d37d6c0b | 8035 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}) |
a08b74c8 | 8036 | A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a |
8037 | section-relative reference to the given label, using an integer of the | |
8038 | given size. | |
d37d6c0b | 8039 | @end defmac |
a08b74c8 | 8040 | |
d37d6c0b | 8041 | @defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}) |
a08b74c8 | 8042 | A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative |
8043 | reference to the given label, using an integer of the given size. | |
d37d6c0b | 8044 | @end defmac |
a08b74c8 | 8045 | |
d37d6c0b | 8046 | @defmac PUT_SDB_@dots{} |
889fd92b | 8047 | Define these macros to override the assembler syntax for the special |
8048 | SDB assembler directives. See @file{sdbout.c} for a list of these | |
8049 | macros and their arguments. If the standard syntax is used, you need | |
8050 | not define them yourself. | |
d37d6c0b | 8051 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8052 | |
d37d6c0b | 8053 | @defmac SDB_DELIM |
889fd92b | 8054 | Some assemblers do not support a semicolon as a delimiter, even between |
8055 | SDB assembler directives. In that case, define this macro to be the | |
8056 | delimiter to use (usually @samp{\n}). It is not necessary to define | |
8057 | a new set of @code{PUT_SDB_@var{op}} macros if this is the only change | |
8058 | required. | |
d37d6c0b | 8059 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8060 | |
d37d6c0b | 8061 | @defmac SDB_GENERATE_FAKE |
889fd92b | 8062 | Define this macro to override the usual method of constructing a dummy |
8063 | name for anonymous structure and union types. See @file{sdbout.c} for | |
8064 | more information. | |
d37d6c0b | 8065 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8066 | |
d37d6c0b | 8067 | @defmac SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES |
889fd92b | 8068 | Define this macro to allow references to unknown structure, |
8069 | union, or enumeration tags to be emitted. Standard COFF does not | |
8070 | allow handling of unknown references, MIPS ECOFF has support for | |
8071 | it. | |
d37d6c0b | 8072 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8073 | |
d37d6c0b | 8074 | @defmac SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES |
889fd92b | 8075 | Define this macro to allow references to structure, union, or |
8076 | enumeration tags that have not yet been seen to be handled. Some | |
8077 | assemblers choke if forward tags are used, while some require it. | |
d37d6c0b | 8078 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8079 | |
e6307525 | 8080 | @need 2000 |
8081 | @node VMS Debug | |
8082 | @subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format | |
8083 | ||
8084 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
8085 | Here are macros for VMS debug format. | |
8086 | ||
d37d6c0b | 8087 | @defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO |
e6307525 | 8088 | Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS |
8089 | in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS | |
8090 | is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of | |
8091 | @option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This | |
8092 | behavior is controlled by @code{OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS} and | |
8093 | @code{OVERRIDE_OPTIONS}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8094 | @end defmac |
e6307525 | 8095 | |
badfe841 | 8096 | @node Floating Point |
889fd92b | 8097 | @section Cross Compilation and Floating Point |
8098 | @cindex cross compilation and floating point | |
8099 | @cindex floating point and cross compilation | |
8100 | ||
badfe841 | 8101 | While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers, |
889fd92b | 8102 | there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This |
8103 | means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers | |
8104 | in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine | |
8105 | doing the compilation. | |
8106 | ||
889fd92b | 8107 | Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of |
badfe841 | 8108 | range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in |
8109 | the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot | |
8110 | safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate | |
8111 | the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses | |
8112 | emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and | |
8113 | target floating point formats are identical. | |
8114 | ||
8115 | The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to | |
8116 | use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize | |
4268f174 | 8117 | floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate |
8118 | their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects. | |
889fd92b | 8119 | |
badfe841 | 8120 | @defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE |
8121 | The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target | |
8122 | machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an | |
8123 | array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque | |
8124 | quantity. | |
8125 | @end defmac | |
8126 | ||
8127 | @deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y}) | |
8128 | Compares for equality the two values, @var{x} and @var{y}. If the target | |
8129 | floating point format supports negative zeroes and/or NaNs, | |
8130 | @samp{REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (-0.0, 0.0)} is true, and | |
8131 | @samp{REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (NaN, NaN)} is false. | |
8132 | @end deftypefn | |
8133 | ||
8134 | @deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUES_LESS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y}) | |
8135 | Tests whether @var{x} is less than @var{y}. | |
8136 | @end deftypefn | |
8137 | ||
badfe841 | 8138 | @deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) |
8139 | Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero. | |
8140 | @end deftypefn | |
8141 | ||
8142 | @deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) | |
8143 | Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If | |
8144 | @var{x} is negative, returns zero. | |
8145 | @end deftypefn | |
8146 | ||
badfe841 | 8147 | @deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, enum machine_mode @var{mode}) |
8148 | Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's | |
8149 | representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both | |
8150 | decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax | |
8151 | defined by the C language for both. | |
8152 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 8153 | |
536f5fb1 | 8154 | @deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) |
fa2b6990 | 8155 | Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise. |
536f5fb1 | 8156 | @end deftypefn |
8157 | ||
badfe841 | 8158 | @deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) |
8159 | Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative). | |
8160 | @end deftypefn | |
8161 | ||
8162 | @deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) | |
8163 | Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number). | |
8164 | @end deftypefn | |
8165 | ||
8166 | @deftypefn Macro void REAL_ARITHMETIC (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{output}, enum tree_code @var{code}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y}) | |
8167 | Calculates an arithmetic operation on the two floating point values | |
8168 | @var{x} and @var{y}, storing the result in @var{output} (which must be a | |
8169 | variable). | |
8170 | ||
8171 | The operation to be performed is specified by @var{code}. Only the | |
8172 | following codes are supported: @code{PLUS_EXPR}, @code{MINUS_EXPR}, | |
8173 | @code{MULT_EXPR}, @code{RDIV_EXPR}, @code{MAX_EXPR}, @code{MIN_EXPR}. | |
8174 | ||
8175 | If @code{REAL_ARITHMETIC} is asked to evaluate division by zero and the | |
8176 | target's floating point format cannot represent infinity, it will call | |
8177 | @code{abort}. Callers should check for this situation first, using | |
8178 | @code{MODE_HAS_INFINITIES}. @xref{Storage Layout}. | |
8179 | @end deftypefn | |
8180 | ||
8181 | @deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) | |
8182 | Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}. | |
8183 | @end deftypefn | |
8184 | ||
536f5fb1 | 8185 | @deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) |
8186 | Returns the absolute value of @var{x}. | |
8187 | @end deftypefn | |
8188 | ||
badfe841 | 8189 | @deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_TRUNCATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{mode}, enum machine_mode @var{x}) |
8190 | Truncates the floating point value @var{x} to fit in @var{mode}. The | |
8191 | return value is still a full-size @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, but it has an | |
8192 | appropriate bit pattern to be output asa floating constant whose | |
8193 | precision accords with mode @var{mode}. | |
8194 | @end deftypefn | |
8195 | ||
8196 | @deftypefn Macro void REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (HOST_WIDE_INT @var{low}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{high}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) | |
8197 | Converts a floating point value @var{x} into a double-precision integer | |
8198 | which is then stored into @var{low} and @var{high}. If the value is not | |
8199 | integral, it is truncated. | |
8200 | @end deftypefn | |
8201 | ||
8202 | @deftypefn Macro void REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{low}, HOST_WIDE_INT @var{high}, enum machine_mode @var{mode}) | |
badfe841 | 8203 | Converts a double-precision integer found in @var{low} and @var{high}, |
8204 | into a floating point value which is then stored into @var{x}. The | |
8205 | value is truncated to fit in mode @var{mode}. | |
8206 | @end deftypefn | |
889fd92b | 8207 | |
18862b5a | 8208 | @node Mode Switching |
8209 | @section Mode Switching Instructions | |
8210 | @cindex mode switching | |
8211 | The following macros control mode switching optimizations: | |
8212 | ||
d37d6c0b | 8213 | @defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity}) |
18862b5a | 8214 | Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode |
8215 | switching in an optimizing compilation. | |
8216 | ||
8217 | For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision | |
8218 | floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation, | |
8219 | the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision | |
8220 | operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general | |
8221 | purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to | |
0858f8a2 | 8222 | be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you can't put this into instruction emitting |
2efea8c0 | 8223 | or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}. |
18862b5a | 8224 | |
8225 | You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time | |
8226 | which entities actually need it. @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should | |
7120b8b4 | 8227 | return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching. |
18862b5a | 8228 | If you define this macro, you also have to define |
8229 | @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{MODE_NEEDED}, | |
8230 | @code{MODE_PRIORITY_TO_MODE} and @code{EMIT_MODE_SET}. | |
894b8fd9 | 8231 | @code{MODE_AFTER}, @code{MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{MODE_EXIT} |
8232 | are optional. | |
d37d6c0b | 8233 | @end defmac |
18862b5a | 8234 | |
d37d6c0b | 8235 | @defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING |
18862b5a | 8236 | If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as |
8237 | initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element | |
8238 | N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number | |
8239 | of different modes that might need to be set for this entity. | |
8240 | The position of the initializer in the initializer - starting counting at | |
8241 | zero - determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched | |
8242 | entity in question. | |
8243 | In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are | |
8ae77b3c | 8244 | represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1. N is used to specify that no mode |
18862b5a | 8245 | switch is needed / supplied. |
d37d6c0b | 8246 | @end defmac |
18862b5a | 8247 | |
d37d6c0b | 8248 | @defmac MODE_NEEDED (@var{entity}, @var{insn}) |
18862b5a | 8249 | @var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If |
8250 | @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to | |
8251 | return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in | |
70c2c81c | 8252 | @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must |
8253 | be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8254 | @end defmac |
18862b5a | 8255 | |
894b8fd9 | 8256 | @defmac MODE_AFTER (@var{mode}, @var{insn}) |
8257 | If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during | |
8258 | mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if | |
8259 | different from the incoming mode). | |
8260 | @end defmac | |
8261 | ||
8262 | @defmac MODE_ENTRY (@var{entity}) | |
8263 | If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs | |
8264 | mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that | |
8265 | @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{MODE_ENTRY} | |
8266 | is defined then @code{MODE_EXIT} must be defined. | |
8267 | @end defmac | |
8268 | ||
8269 | @defmac MODE_EXIT (@var{entity}) | |
18862b5a | 8270 | If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs |
894b8fd9 | 8271 | mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that |
8272 | @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{MODE_EXIT} | |
8273 | is defined then @code{MODE_ENTRY} must be defined. | |
d37d6c0b | 8274 | @end defmac |
18862b5a | 8275 | |
d37d6c0b | 8276 | @defmac MODE_PRIORITY_TO_MODE (@var{entity}, @var{n}) |
70c2c81c | 8277 | This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. |
8278 | 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the | |
18862b5a | 8279 | lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode |
70c2c81c | 8280 | for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority_to_mode} |
8ae77b3c | 8281 | (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} |
70c2c81c | 8282 | @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}. |
d37d6c0b | 8283 | @end defmac |
18862b5a | 8284 | |
d37d6c0b | 8285 | @defmac EMIT_MODE_SET (@var{entity}, @var{mode}, @var{hard_regs_live}) |
18862b5a | 8286 | Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. |
8287 | @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where | |
8288 | the insn(s) are to be inserted. | |
d37d6c0b | 8289 | @end defmac |
18862b5a | 8290 | |
e3c541f0 | 8291 | @node Target Attributes |
8292 | @section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__} | |
8293 | @cindex target attributes | |
8294 | @cindex machine attributes | |
8295 | @cindex attributes, target-specific | |
8296 | ||
8297 | Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types. | |
8298 | These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to | |
8299 | be documented in @file{extend.texi}. | |
8300 | ||
8301 | @deftypevr {Target Hook} {const struct attribute_spec *} TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE | |
8302 | If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct | |
8303 | attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree.h}) specifying the machine | |
8304 | specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the | |
8305 | entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they | |
8306 | take. | |
8307 | @end deftypevr | |
8308 | ||
8309 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (tree @var{type1}, tree @var{type2}) | |
8310 | If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on | |
8311 | @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible, | |
8312 | and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be | |
8313 | generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are | |
8314 | supposed always to be compatible. | |
8315 | @end deftypefn | |
8316 | ||
8317 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (tree @var{type}) | |
8318 | If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to | |
8319 | newly defined @var{type}. | |
8320 | @end deftypefn | |
8321 | ||
8322 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} tree TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (tree @var{type1}, tree @var{type2}) | |
8323 | Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special | |
8324 | handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined | |
8325 | @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed | |
8326 | that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This | |
8327 | function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent | |
8328 | merging. | |
8329 | @end deftypefn | |
8330 | ||
8331 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} tree TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES (tree @var{olddecl}, tree @var{newdecl}) | |
8332 | Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special | |
8333 | handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined | |
8334 | @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}. | |
8335 | @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of | |
8336 | when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an | |
8337 | attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may | |
8338 | call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging. | |
8339 | ||
8340 | @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES | |
8341 | If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport} for | |
c20b542c | 8342 | Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro |
e3c541f0 | 8343 | @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. This links in a function |
8344 | called @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined | |
8345 | as the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. This is done | |
8346 | in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and @file{i386/i386.c}, for example. | |
8347 | @end deftypefn | |
8348 | ||
8349 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES (tree @var{node}, tree *@var{attr_ptr}) | |
8350 | Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl | |
8351 | when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which | |
8352 | wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to | |
8353 | the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being | |
8354 | created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list | |
8355 | for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be | |
8356 | shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of | |
8357 | the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new | |
8358 | attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are | |
8359 | needed. | |
8360 | @end deftypefn | |
8361 | ||
8362 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P (tree @var{fndecl}) | |
8363 | @cindex inlining | |
8364 | This target hook returns @code{true} if it is ok to inline @var{fndecl} | |
8365 | into the current function, despite its having target-specific | |
8366 | attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a | |
8367 | target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined. | |
8368 | @end deftypefn | |
8369 | ||
8d85666f | 8370 | @node MIPS Coprocessors |
8371 | @section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets. | |
8372 | @cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros | |
8373 | ||
8374 | The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4 | |
ef8d967c | 8375 | coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports |
8d85666f | 8376 | accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers |
8377 | and memory using asm-ized variables. For example: | |
8378 | ||
8379 | @smallexample | |
8380 | register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1"); | |
8381 | unsigned int d; | |
8382 | ||
8383 | d = cp0count + 3; | |
8384 | @end smallexample | |
8385 | ||
8386 | (``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate | |
8387 | names may be added as described below, or the default names may be | |
8388 | overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.) | |
8389 | ||
8390 | Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will | |
8391 | be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again | |
8392 | later in the function. | |
8393 | ||
8394 | Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is | |
8395 | the FPU. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips | |
8396 | floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism. | |
8397 | ||
8398 | There is one macro used in defining the MIPS coprocessor interface which | |
8399 | you may want to override in subtargets; it is described below. | |
8400 | ||
d37d6c0b | 8401 | @defmac ALL_COP_ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES |
8d85666f | 8402 | A comma-separated list (with leading comma) of pairs describing the |
8403 | alternate names of coprocessor registers. The format of each entry should be | |
8404 | @smallexample | |
8405 | @{ @var{alternatename}, @var{register_number}@} | |
8406 | @end smallexample | |
8407 | Default: empty. | |
d37d6c0b | 8408 | @end defmac |
8d85666f | 8409 | |
7988d6e2 | 8410 | @node PCH Target |
8411 | @section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking | |
8412 | @cindex parameters, precompiled headers | |
8413 | ||
8414 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void * TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY (size_t * @var{sz}) | |
8415 | Define this hook if your target needs to check a different collection | |
8416 | of flags than the default, which is every flag defined by | |
8417 | @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} and @code{TARGET_OPTIONS}. It should return | |
8418 | some data which will be saved in the PCH file and presented to | |
8419 | @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} later; it should set @code{SZ} to the size | |
8420 | of the data. | |
8421 | @end deftypefn | |
8422 | ||
8423 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} const char * TARGET_PCH_VALID_P (const void * @var{data}, size_t @var{sz}) | |
8424 | Define this hook if your target needs to check a different collection of | |
8425 | flags than the default, which is every flag defined by @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} | |
8426 | and @code{TARGET_OPTIONS}. It is given data which came from | |
8427 | @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY} (in this version of this compiler, so there | |
8428 | is no need for extensive validity checking). It returns @code{NULL} if | |
8429 | it is safe to load a PCH file with this data, or a suitable error message | |
8430 | if not. The error message will be presented to the user, so it should | |
9fd71724 | 8431 | be localized. |
7988d6e2 | 8432 | @end deftypefn |
8433 | ||
c1dc02de | 8434 | @node C++ ABI |
8435 | @section C++ ABI parameters | |
8436 | @cindex parameters, c++ abi | |
8437 | ||
8438 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} tree TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE (void) | |
8439 | Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables. | |
8440 | These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The | |
8441 | default is long_long_integer_type_node. | |
8442 | @end deftypefn | |
8443 | ||
8444 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT (void) | |
8445 | This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return | |
8446 | @code{false} (the default) if first byte should be used. A return value of | |
8447 | @code{true} indicates the least significant bit should be used. | |
8448 | @end deftypefn | |
8449 | ||
600f4be7 | 8450 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} tree TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE (tree @var{type}) |
8451 | This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array | |
8452 | whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already | |
8453 | known that a cookie is needed. The default is | |
8454 | @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the | |
8455 | IA64/Generic C++ ABI. | |
8456 | @end deftypefn | |
8457 | ||
8458 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE (void) | |
8459 | This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in | |
8460 | array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}. | |
8461 | @end deftypefn | |
8462 | ||
52d6bee4 | 8463 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS (tree @var{type}, int @var{import_export}) |
8464 | If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export | |
8465 | class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export} | |
8466 | will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, -1 if it is going | |
8467 | to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the | |
8468 | modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the | |
8469 | backend's targeted operating system. | |
8470 | @end deftypefn | |
8471 | ||
889fd92b | 8472 | @node Misc |
8473 | @section Miscellaneous Parameters | |
8474 | @cindex parameters, miscellaneous | |
8475 | ||
8476 | @c prevent bad page break with this line | |
8477 | Here are several miscellaneous parameters. | |
8478 | ||
d37d6c0b | 8479 | @defmac PREDICATE_CODES |
889fd92b | 8480 | Define this if you have defined special-purpose predicates in the file |
8481 | @file{@var{machine}.c}. This macro is called within an initializer of an | |
8482 | array of structures. The first field in the structure is the name of a | |
8483 | predicate and the second field is an array of rtl codes. For each | |
8484 | predicate, list all rtl codes that can be in expressions matched by the | |
8485 | predicate. The list should have a trailing comma. Here is an example | |
8486 | of two entries in the list for a typical RISC machine: | |
8487 | ||
8488 | @smallexample | |
8489 | #define PREDICATE_CODES \ | |
8490 | @{"gen_reg_rtx_operand", @{SUBREG, REG@}@}, \ | |
8491 | @{"reg_or_short_cint_operand", @{SUBREG, REG, CONST_INT@}@}, | |
8492 | @end smallexample | |
8493 | ||
8494 | Defining this macro does not affect the generated code (however, | |
8495 | incorrect definitions that omit an rtl code that may be matched by the | |
8496 | predicate can cause the compiler to malfunction). Instead, it allows | |
8497 | the table built by @file{genrecog} to be more compact and efficient, | |
8498 | thus speeding up the compiler. The most important predicates to include | |
da2b9be0 | 8499 | in the list specified by this macro are those used in the most insn |
889fd92b | 8500 | patterns. |
8501 | ||
70c2c81c | 8502 | For each predicate function named in @code{PREDICATE_CODES}, a |
1d97a500 | 8503 | declaration will be generated in @file{insn-codes.h}. |
d37d6c0b | 8504 | @end defmac |
1d97a500 | 8505 | |
4f18499c | 8506 | @defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH |
8507 | Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture | |
8508 | has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in | |
8509 | conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic | |
8510 | blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is | |
8511 | set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt | |
8512 | to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps. | |
8513 | @end defmac | |
8514 | ||
8515 | @defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH | |
8516 | Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture | |
8517 | has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in | |
8518 | conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic | |
8519 | blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is | |
8520 | set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt | |
8521 | to cross between sections into indirect jumps. | |
8522 | @end defmac | |
8523 | ||
d37d6c0b | 8524 | @defmac SPECIAL_MODE_PREDICATES |
3a074b0f | 8525 | Define this if you have special predicates that know special things |
3b0848a2 | 8526 | about modes. Genrecog will warn about certain forms of |
3a074b0f | 8527 | @code{match_operand} without a mode; if the operand predicate is |
3b0848a2 | 8528 | listed in @code{SPECIAL_MODE_PREDICATES}, the warning will be |
3a074b0f | 8529 | suppressed. |
8530 | ||
8531 | Here is an example from the IA-32 port (@code{ext_register_operand} | |
8532 | specially checks for @code{HImode} or @code{SImode} in preparation | |
8533 | for a byte extraction from @code{%ah} etc.). | |
8534 | ||
8535 | @smallexample | |
8536 | #define SPECIAL_MODE_PREDICATES \ | |
8537 | "ext_register_operand", | |
8538 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 8539 | @end defmac |
3a074b0f | 8540 | |
d37d6c0b | 8541 | @defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE |
889fd92b | 8542 | An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that |
8543 | elements of a jump-table should have. | |
d37d6c0b | 8544 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8545 | |
d37d6c0b | 8546 | @defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body}) |
9eaab178 | 8547 | Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec} |
8548 | when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this, | |
8549 | it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}. | |
a22d2169 | 8550 | To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and |
9eaab178 | 8551 | make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit. |
b2778e49 | 8552 | The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale |
9eaab178 | 8553 | flags can be updated. |
d37d6c0b | 8554 | @end defmac |
9eaab178 | 8555 | |
d37d6c0b | 8556 | @defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE |
25d1d1e9 | 8557 | Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables |
745f3229 | 8558 | should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if |
8559 | jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should | |
8560 | contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC} | |
8561 | is in effect. | |
d37d6c0b | 8562 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8563 | |
d37d6c0b | 8564 | @defmac CASE_DROPS_THROUGH |
889fd92b | 8565 | Define this if control falls through a @code{case} insn when the index |
8566 | value is out of range. This means the specified default-label is | |
8567 | actually ignored by the @code{case} insn proper. | |
d37d6c0b | 8568 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8569 | |
d37d6c0b | 8570 | @defmac CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD |
889fd92b | 8571 | Define this to be the smallest number of different values for which it |
8572 | is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. | |
8573 | The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and | |
8574 | five otherwise. This is best for most machines. | |
d37d6c0b | 8575 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8576 | |
d37d6c0b | 8577 | @defmac CASE_USE_BIT_TESTS |
315e4c10 | 8578 | Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate whether C switch |
8579 | statements may be implemented by a sequence of bit tests. This is | |
8580 | advantageous on processors that can efficiently implement left shift | |
8581 | of 1 by the number of bits held in a register, but inappropriate on | |
8582 | targets that would require a loop. By default, this macro returns | |
8583 | @code{true} if the target defines an @code{ashlsi3} pattern, and | |
8584 | @code{false} otherwise. | |
d37d6c0b | 8585 | @end defmac |
315e4c10 | 8586 | |
d37d6c0b | 8587 | @defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
889fd92b | 8588 | Define this macro if operations between registers with integral mode |
8589 | smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register. | |
8590 | Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not. | |
d37d6c0b | 8591 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8592 | |
a091e4f5 | 8593 | @defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode}) |
889fd92b | 8594 | Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read |
a091e4f5 | 8595 | memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the |
8596 | bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the | |
889fd92b | 8597 | zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values |
a091e4f5 | 8598 | of @var{mem_mode} for which the |
889fd92b | 8599 | insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and |
8600 | @code{NIL} for other modes. | |
8601 | ||
a091e4f5 | 8602 | This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width |
889fd92b | 8603 | greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any |
8604 | value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return | |
8605 | @code{NIL}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally | |
8606 | define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}. | |
a091e4f5 | 8607 | |
8608 | You may return a non-@code{NIL} value even if for some hard registers | |
8609 | the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} | |
8610 | of these hard registers @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero | |
8611 | when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any | |
8612 | integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}. | |
8613 | ||
8614 | You must return @code{NIL} if for some hard registers that allow this | |
8615 | mode, @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to | |
8616 | @code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that | |
8617 | is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8618 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8619 | |
d37d6c0b | 8620 | @defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND |
7eee1371 | 8621 | Define this macro if loading short immediate values into registers sign |
8622 | extends. | |
d37d6c0b | 8623 | @end defmac |
7eee1371 | 8624 | |
d37d6c0b | 8625 | @defmac FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC |
889fd92b | 8626 | Define this macro if the same instructions that convert a floating |
8627 | point number to a signed fixed point number also convert validly to an | |
8628 | unsigned one. | |
d37d6c0b | 8629 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8630 | |
d37d6c0b | 8631 | @defmac MOVE_MAX |
889fd92b | 8632 | The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly |
8633 | between memory and registers or between two memory locations. | |
d37d6c0b | 8634 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8635 | |
d37d6c0b | 8636 | @defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX |
889fd92b | 8637 | The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly |
8638 | between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this | |
8639 | is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the | |
8640 | constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have | |
8641 | at run-time. | |
d37d6c0b | 8642 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8643 | |
d37d6c0b | 8644 | @defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED |
889fd92b | 8645 | A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits |
8646 | actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number | |
8647 | of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When | |
f45856ef | 8648 | this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit |
889fd92b | 8649 | a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that |
8650 | truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have | |
8e5fcce7 | 8651 | instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may |
889fd92b | 8652 | include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} |
8653 | also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as | |
8e5fcce7 | 8654 | arguments to bit-field instructions. |
889fd92b | 8655 | |
8656 | If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and | |
8e5fcce7 | 8657 | position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field |
889fd92b | 8658 | instructions exist, you should define this macro. |
8659 | ||
8660 | However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation | |
8661 | only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended) | |
8e5fcce7 | 8662 | bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on |
889fd92b | 8663 | such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include |
8664 | the implied truncation of the shift instructions. | |
8665 | ||
8666 | You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 8667 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8668 | |
d37d6c0b | 8669 | @defmac TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (@var{outprec}, @var{inprec}) |
889fd92b | 8670 | A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to |
8671 | ``convert'' an integer of @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} | |
8672 | bits (where @var{outprec} is smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely | |
8673 | operating on it as if it had only @var{outprec} bits. | |
8674 | ||
8675 | On many machines, this expression can be 1. | |
8676 | ||
8677 | @c rearranged this, removed the phrase "it is reported that". this was | |
8678 | @c to fix an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93 | |
8679 | When @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} returns 1 for a pair of sizes for | |
8680 | modes for which @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P} is 0, suboptimal code can result. | |
8681 | If this is the case, making @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} return 0 in | |
8682 | such cases may improve things. | |
d37d6c0b | 8683 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8684 | |
d37d6c0b | 8685 | @defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE |
889fd92b | 8686 | A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator |
8687 | with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction | |
8688 | (@samp{s@var{cond}}) when the condition is true. This description must | |
8689 | apply to @emph{all} the @samp{s@var{cond}} patterns and all the | |
8690 | comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode. | |
8691 | ||
8ae77b3c | 8692 | A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the |
8693 | comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true | |
889fd92b | 8694 | and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates |
8695 | which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is | |
8696 | true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison | |
8697 | operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the | |
8698 | @samp{s@var{cond}} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of | |
8699 | @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by | |
8700 | the compiler. | |
8701 | ||
8ae77b3c | 8702 | If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will |
889fd92b | 8703 | generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also |
8704 | replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause | |
8705 | the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined. | |
8706 | For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an | |
8707 | @code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as | |
8708 | @samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the | |
8709 | expression | |
8710 | ||
8711 | @smallexample | |
8712 | (ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0)) | |
8713 | @end smallexample | |
8714 | ||
8715 | @noindent | |
8716 | can be converted to | |
8717 | ||
8718 | @smallexample | |
8719 | (ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n})) | |
8720 | @end smallexample | |
8721 | ||
8722 | @noindent | |
8723 | where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being | |
8724 | tested into the sign bit. | |
8725 | ||
8726 | There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit | |
8727 | for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits, | |
8728 | but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you | |
e8e57187 | 8729 | are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to |
889fd92b | 8730 | perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the |
f5b36051 | 8731 | comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}. |
889fd92b | 8732 | |
8733 | Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value | |
8734 | from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the | |
8735 | choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions | |
8736 | to be used: | |
8737 | ||
8738 | @itemize @bullet | |
8739 | @item | |
8740 | Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for | |
8741 | @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to | |
8742 | ``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the | |
8743 | comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to | |
8744 | combine the normalization with other operations. | |
8745 | ||
8746 | @item | |
8ae77b3c | 8747 | For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being |
889fd92b | 8748 | slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on |
8749 | other machines. | |
8750 | ||
8751 | @item | |
8752 | As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions | |
8753 | exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the | |
8754 | others. | |
8755 | ||
8756 | @item | |
8757 | Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}. | |
8758 | @end itemize | |
8759 | ||
8760 | Many machines can produce both the value chosen for | |
8761 | @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of | |
8762 | instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for | |
8763 | those cases, e.g., one matching | |
8764 | ||
8765 | @smallexample | |
8766 | (set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C}))) | |
8767 | @end smallexample | |
8768 | ||
8769 | Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on | |
8770 | condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding | |
8771 | @samp{s@var{cond}} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those | |
8772 | machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc} | |
8773 | and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform | |
8774 | @code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See | |
8775 | @file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptizer can be used to | |
8776 | find such instruction sequences on other machines. | |
8777 | ||
194b1cc5 | 8778 | If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need |
8779 | not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag | |
8780 | instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1. | |
d37d6c0b | 8781 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8782 | |
d37d6c0b | 8783 | @defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode}) |
f45856ef | 8784 | A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is |
889fd92b | 8785 | returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true. |
8786 | Define this macro on machine that have comparison operations that return | |
8787 | floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define | |
8788 | this macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 8789 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8790 | |
d37d6c0b | 8791 | @defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value}) |
8792 | @defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value}) | |
8f4be2be | 8793 | A C expression that evaluates to true if the architecture defines a value |
8794 | for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand. If so, @var{value} | |
8795 | should be set to this value. If this macro is not defined, the value of | |
8796 | @code{clz} or @code{ctz} is assumed to be undefined. | |
8797 | ||
8798 | This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs} | |
8799 | relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it | |
8800 | is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases. | |
8801 | ||
8802 | Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz} | |
8803 | and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions | |
8804 | visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will | |
8805 | to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of | |
8806 | breaking the API. | |
d37d6c0b | 8807 | @end defmac |
8f4be2be | 8808 | |
d37d6c0b | 8809 | @defmac Pmode |
889fd92b | 8810 | An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define |
8811 | this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware | |
8812 | pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines. | |
8813 | On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer | |
8814 | modes, such as @code{PSImode}. | |
8815 | ||
8816 | The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of | |
8817 | @code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro | |
8818 | @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended | |
8819 | to @code{Pmode}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8820 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8821 | |
d37d6c0b | 8822 | @defmac FUNCTION_MODE |
889fd92b | 8823 | An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions |
8824 | being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most machines this | |
8825 | should be @code{QImode}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8826 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8827 | |
d37d6c0b | 8828 | @defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS |
7251c7e8 | 8829 | In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the |
8830 | constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some | |
8831 | hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention, | |
8832 | where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies | |
8833 | strict conformance to the C Standard. | |
8834 | ||
8835 | Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host | |
8836 | convention when processing system header files, but when processing user | |
8837 | files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1. | |
d37d6c0b | 8838 | @end defmac |
7251c7e8 | 8839 | |
d37d6c0b | 8840 | @defmac NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C |
0858e3a2 | 8841 | Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C@. |
889fd92b | 8842 | This macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in |
8843 | C++, which is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in | |
8844 | @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8845 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8846 | |
889fd92b | 8847 | @findex #pragma |
8848 | @findex pragma | |
d37d6c0b | 8849 | @defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS () |
1fcd08b1 | 8850 | Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas. |
c6f14ce5 | 8851 | If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to |
eb180587 | 8852 | @code{c_register_pragma} for each pragma. The macro may also do any |
c6f14ce5 | 8853 | setup required for the pragmas. |
1fcd08b1 | 8854 | |
8855 | The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with | |
8856 | other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage | |
0858e3a2 | 8857 | definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@. |
889fd92b | 8858 | |
747af5e7 | 8859 | If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider |
e3c541f0 | 8860 | defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well. |
2f491b41 | 8861 | |
1fcd08b1 | 8862 | Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All |
8863 | @samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are | |
8ae77b3c | 8864 | silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}. |
d37d6c0b | 8865 | @end defmac |
1fcd08b1 | 8866 | |
eb180587 | 8867 | @deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *)) |
1fcd08b1 | 8868 | |
eb180587 | 8869 | Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} establishes one pragma. The |
1fcd08b1 | 8870 | @var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a |
8871 | pragma of the form | |
8872 | ||
8873 | @smallexample | |
8874 | #pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{} | |
8875 | @end smallexample | |
8876 | ||
c6f14ce5 | 8877 | @var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or |
8878 | @code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback | |
8879 | routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed | |
10cac3d7 | 8880 | on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the |
8881 | @var{name} by calling @code{c_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the | |
8882 | callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by | |
d37d6c0b | 8883 | a token of type @code{CPP_EOF} |
1fcd08b1 | 8884 | |
8885 | For an example use of this routine, see @file{c4x.h} and the callback | |
10cac3d7 | 8886 | routines defined in @file{c4x-c.c}. |
8daa9e98 | 8887 | |
8888 | Note that the use of @code{c_lex} is specific to the C and C++ | |
8889 | compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any | |
8890 | other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{c_lex} is going | |
8891 | to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when | |
8e5fcce7 | 8892 | building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the |
8daa9e98 | 8893 | variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the |
70c2c81c | 8894 | target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name |
8daa9e98 | 8895 | the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the |
8896 | code that uses @code{c_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a | |
8897 | rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows | |
8898 | how to build this object file. | |
1fcd08b1 | 8899 | @end deftypefun |
8900 | ||
a3fa7feb | 8901 | @findex #pragma |
8902 | @findex pragma | |
d37d6c0b | 8903 | @defmac HANDLE_SYSV_PRAGMA |
a3fa7feb | 8904 | Define this macro (to a value of 1) if you want the System V style |
8905 | pragmas @samp{#pragma pack(<n>)} and @samp{#pragma weak <name> | |
8906 | [=<value>]} to be supported by gcc. | |
8907 | ||
8908 | The pack pragma specifies the maximum alignment (in bytes) of fields | |
8909 | within a structure, in much the same way as the @samp{__aligned__} and | |
8910 | @samp{__packed__} @code{__attribute__}s do. A pack value of zero resets | |
18566b13 | 8911 | the behavior to the default. |
a3fa7feb | 8912 | |
8642f3d3 | 8913 | A subtlety for Microsoft Visual C/C++ style bit-field packing |
8914 | (e.g. -mms-bitfields) for targets that support it: | |
8915 | When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size | |
8916 | of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent | |
8917 | bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record, | |
8918 | and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same | |
8919 | chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that | |
8920 | size is allocated). | |
8921 | ||
8922 | If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used, | |
8923 | the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is | |
8924 | used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take | |
8925 | precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure | |
8926 | may affect its placement. | |
8927 | ||
a3fa7feb | 8928 | The weak pragma only works if @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK} and |
8929 | @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} are defined. If enabled it allows the creation | |
8930 | of specifically named weak labels, optionally with a value. | |
d37d6c0b | 8931 | @end defmac |
a3fa7feb | 8932 | |
a3fa7feb | 8933 | @findex #pragma |
8934 | @findex pragma | |
d37d6c0b | 8935 | @defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_PUSH_POP |
a3fa7feb | 8936 | Define this macro (to a value of 1) if you want to support the Win32 |
70c2c81c | 8937 | style pragmas @samp{#pragma pack(push,@var{n})} and @samp{#pragma |
8938 | pack(pop)}. The @samp{pack(push,@var{n})} pragma specifies the maximum alignment | |
a3fa7feb | 8939 | (in bytes) of fields within a structure, in much the same way as the |
8940 | @samp{__aligned__} and @samp{__packed__} @code{__attribute__}s do. A | |
18566b13 | 8941 | pack value of zero resets the behavior to the default. Successive |
a3fa7feb | 8942 | invocations of this pragma cause the previous values to be stacked, so |
8943 | that invocations of @samp{#pragma pack(pop)} will return to the previous | |
8944 | value. | |
d37d6c0b | 8945 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8946 | |
d37d6c0b | 8947 | @defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS |
14e33bb6 | 8948 | Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in |
8949 | identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is | |
8950 | not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default; | |
8951 | there is no need to define this macro in that case. | |
d37d6c0b | 8952 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8953 | |
d37d6c0b | 8954 | @defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL |
889fd92b | 8955 | Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character |
8956 | @samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in | |
8957 | G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined, | |
8958 | @samp{.} is used instead. | |
d37d6c0b | 8959 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8960 | |
d37d6c0b | 8961 | @defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL |
889fd92b | 8962 | Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character |
8963 | @samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++ | |
8964 | have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names | |
8965 | are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}. | |
d37d6c0b | 8966 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8967 | |
d37d6c0b | 8968 | @defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn}) |
889fd92b | 8969 | Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the |
8970 | delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn}, | |
8971 | even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}. | |
e8e57187 | 8972 | @var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that |
889fd92b | 8973 | every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn} |
8974 | or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior, | |
8975 | you should define this macro. | |
8976 | ||
8977 | You need not define this macro if it would always return zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 8978 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8979 | |
d37d6c0b | 8980 | @defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn}) |
889fd92b | 8981 | Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the |
8982 | delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn}, | |
8983 | even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}. | |
8984 | @var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where | |
8985 | some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands | |
8986 | are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should | |
8987 | define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move | |
8988 | instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay | |
8989 | slot of @var{insn}. | |
8990 | ||
8991 | You need not define this macro if it would always return zero. | |
d37d6c0b | 8992 | @end defmac |
889fd92b | 8993 | |
d37d6c0b | 8994 | @defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES |
071cd279 | 8995 | Define this macro if in some cases global symbols from one translation |
8996 | unit may not be bound to undefined symbols in another translation unit | |
8997 | without user intervention. For instance, under Microsoft Windows | |
8998 | symbols must be explicitly imported from shared libraries (DLLs). | |
d37d6c0b | 8999 | @end defmac |
071cd279 | 9000 | |
0fb2666c | 9001 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} tree TARGET_MD_ASM_CLOBBERS (tree @var{clobbers}) |
9002 | This target hook should add to @var{clobbers} @code{STRING_CST} trees for | |
b83e57f8 | 9003 | any hard regs the port wishes to automatically clobber for all asms. |
0fb2666c | 9004 | It should return the result of the last @code{tree_cons} used to add a |
9005 | clobber. | |
9006 | @end deftypefn | |
b83e57f8 | 9007 | |
d37d6c0b | 9008 | @defmac MATH_LIBRARY |
e6a3070d | 9009 | Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link |
9010 | in the system math library, or @samp{""} if the target does not have a | |
9011 | separate math library. | |
9012 | ||
9013 | You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"-lm"} is wrong. | |
d37d6c0b | 9014 | @end defmac |
397f1574 | 9015 | |
d37d6c0b | 9016 | @defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV |
397f1574 | 9017 | Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that |
9018 | specifies where the linker should look for libraries. | |
9019 | ||
9020 | You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"} | |
9021 | is wrong. | |
d37d6c0b | 9022 | @end defmac |
255b8f3f | 9023 | |
d37d6c0b | 9024 | @defmac TARGET_HAS_F_SETLKW |
0858e3a2 | 9025 | Define this macro if the target supports file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@. |
9026 | Note that this functionality is part of POSIX@. | |
255b8f3f | 9027 | Defining @code{TARGET_HAS_F_SETLKW} will enable the test coverage code |
9028 | to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions | |
9029 | if the program has forked. | |
d37d6c0b | 9030 | @end defmac |
406034fa | 9031 | |
d37d6c0b | 9032 | @defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE |
406034fa | 9033 | |
9034 | A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via | |
9035 | conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of | |
9036 | @code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and | |
9037 | 1 if it does use cc0. | |
d37d6c0b | 9038 | @end defmac |
7efd6cf1 | 9039 | |
d37d6c0b | 9040 | @defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr}) |
1d855d4c | 9041 | Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the |
9042 | conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code. | |
9043 | @var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which | |
9044 | contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr} | |
9045 | and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the | |
9046 | then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or | |
9047 | @var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted. | |
d37d6c0b | 9048 | @end defmac |
1d855d4c | 9049 | |
d37d6c0b | 9050 | @defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr}) |
1d855d4c | 9051 | Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated |
9052 | if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations. | |
9053 | @var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently | |
9054 | being processed and about to be turned into a condition. | |
d37d6c0b | 9055 | @end defmac |
7efd6cf1 | 9056 | |
d37d6c0b | 9057 | @defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn}) |
1d855d4c | 9058 | A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to |
9059 | be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to | |
9060 | a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information | |
9061 | about the currently processed blocks. | |
d37d6c0b | 9062 | @end defmac |
7efd6cf1 | 9063 | |
d37d6c0b | 9064 | @defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info}) |
7efd6cf1 | 9065 | A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in |
1d855d4c | 9066 | converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks |
9067 | can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed | |
9068 | to by @var{ce_info}. | |
d37d6c0b | 9069 | @end defmac |
7efd6cf1 | 9070 | |
d37d6c0b | 9071 | @defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info}) |
7efd6cf1 | 9072 | A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in |
1d855d4c | 9073 | converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks |
9074 | can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed | |
9075 | to by @var{ce_info}. | |
d37d6c0b | 9076 | @end defmac |
1d855d4c | 9077 | |
d37d6c0b | 9078 | @defmac IFCVT_INIT_EXTRA_FIELDS (@var{ce_info}) |
1d855d4c | 9079 | A C expression to initialize any extra fields in a @code{struct ce_if_block} |
9080 | structure, which are defined by the @code{IFCVT_EXTRA_FIELDS} macro. | |
d37d6c0b | 9081 | @end defmac |
1d855d4c | 9082 | |
d37d6c0b | 9083 | @defmac IFCVT_EXTRA_FIELDS |
1d855d4c | 9084 | If defined, it should expand to a set of field declarations that will be |
a99e98db | 9085 | added to the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure. These should be initialized |
1d855d4c | 9086 | by the @code{IFCVT_INIT_EXTRA_FIELDS} macro. |
d37d6c0b | 9087 | @end defmac |
1d855d4c | 9088 | |
2efea8c0 | 9089 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG () |
9090 | If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the | |
9091 | instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels, | |
9092 | just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling. | |
9093 | ||
9094 | The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use | |
9095 | it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as | |
9096 | laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards. | |
9097 | Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations. | |
9098 | ||
9099 | You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default | |
9100 | definition is null. | |
9101 | @end deftypefn | |
9102 | ||
fc2a2dcb | 9103 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} void TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS () |
9104 | Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions | |
9105 | that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the | |
03b0fcfc | 9106 | necessary setup. |
9107 | ||
8e5fcce7 | 9108 | Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine |
03b0fcfc | 9109 | instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because |
9110 | they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector | |
9111 | instructions or prefetch instructions). | |
9112 | ||
e60d3615 | 9113 | To create a built-in function, call the function |
9114 | @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function} | |
8e5fcce7 | 9115 | which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set |
03b0fcfc | 9116 | up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes} and @code{build_common_tree_nodes_2}; |
747af5e7 | 9117 | only language front ends that use those two functions will call |
fc2a2dcb | 9118 | @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. |
6494208a | 9119 | @end deftypefn |
03b0fcfc | 9120 | |
fc2a2dcb | 9121 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} rtx TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN (tree @var{exp}, rtx @var{target}, rtx @var{subtarget}, enum machine_mode @var{mode}, int @var{ignore}) |
03b0fcfc | 9122 | |
8e5fcce7 | 9123 | Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by |
fc2a2dcb | 9124 | @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the |
9125 | function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is | |
9126 | convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient. | |
9127 | @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of | |
9128 | @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be | |
9129 | ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the | |
9130 | built-in function. | |
6494208a | 9131 | @end deftypefn |
03b0fcfc | 9132 | |
d37d6c0b | 9133 | @defmac MD_CAN_REDIRECT_BRANCH (@var{branch1}, @var{branch2}) |
e95ebfe0 | 9134 | |
20dd417a | 9135 | Take a branch insn in @var{branch1} and another in @var{branch2}. |
e95ebfe0 | 9136 | Return true if redirecting @var{branch1} to the destination of |
9137 | @var{branch2} is possible. | |
9138 | ||
9139 | On some targets, branches may have a limited range. Optimizing the | |
9140 | filling of delay slots can result in branches being redirected, and this | |
9141 | may in turn cause a branch offset to overflow. | |
d37d6c0b | 9142 | @end defmac |
e95ebfe0 | 9143 | |
d37d6c0b | 9144 | @defmac ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE (@var{hard_reg}) |
9fc61494 | 9145 | |
9146 | When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo | |
20dd417a | 9147 | register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register |
9fc61494 | 9148 | to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot |
9149 | it has been saved into can be used. @code{ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}, if | |
9150 | defined, is called at the start of register allocation once for each | |
9151 | hard register that had its initial value copied by using | |
9152 | @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}. | |
9153 | Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want | |
9154 | to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be | |
9155 | the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a | |
9156 | @code{MEM}. | |
9157 | If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator; | |
9158 | it might decide to use another register anyways. | |
9159 | You may use @code{current_function_leaf_function} in the definition of the | |
9160 | macro, functions that use @code{REG_N_SETS}, to determine if the hard | |
9161 | register in question will not be clobbered. | |
d37d6c0b | 9162 | @end defmac |
9fc61494 | 9163 | |
d37d6c0b | 9164 | @defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX |
531d4872 | 9165 | Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object |
9166 | files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will | |
9167 | use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files. | |
d37d6c0b | 9168 | @end defmac |
531d4872 | 9169 | |
d37d6c0b | 9170 | @defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX |
531d4872 | 9171 | Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be |
9172 | automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you | |
9173 | do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for | |
9174 | executable files. | |
d37d6c0b | 9175 | @end defmac |
531d4872 | 9176 | |
d37d6c0b | 9177 | @defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST |
531d4872 | 9178 | If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files |
9179 | specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker. | |
9180 | Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards | |
9181 | object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export | |
9182 | lists. | |
d37d6c0b | 9183 | @end defmac |
531d4872 | 9184 | |
d37d6c0b | 9185 | @defmac MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL (@var{mdecl}) |
760c3e42 | 9186 | Define this macro to a C expression representing a variant of the |
9187 | method call @var{mdecl}, if Java Native Interface (JNI) methods | |
9188 | must be invoked differently from other methods on your target. | |
c20b542c | 9189 | For example, on 32-bit Microsoft Windows, JNI methods must be invoked using |
760c3e42 | 9190 | the @code{stdcall} calling convention and this macro is then |
9191 | defined as this expression: | |
9192 | ||
9193 | @smallexample | |
9194 | build_type_attribute_variant (@var{mdecl}, | |
9195 | build_tree_list | |
9196 | (get_identifier ("stdcall"), | |
9197 | NULL)) | |
9198 | @end smallexample | |
d37d6c0b | 9199 | @end defmac |
e27e52e0 | 9200 | |
9201 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P (void) | |
9202 | This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump | |
9203 | instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for | |
9204 | every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be | |
9205 | reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as: | |
9206 | ||
9207 | @smallexample | |
9208 | static bool | |
9209 | cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p () | |
9210 | @{ | |
9211 | return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress); | |
9212 | @} | |
9213 | @end smallexample | |
9214 | @end deftypefn | |
8af3db02 | 9215 | |
e26dbf6d | 9216 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} int TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS (void) |
8af3db02 | 9217 | This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register |
9218 | optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be | |
c25e569a | 9219 | usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be |
8af3db02 | 9220 | re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected |
9221 | to inter-block scheduling. | |
9222 | @end deftypefn | |
9223 | ||
9224 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CALLEE_SAVED (bool @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen}) | |
9225 | Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved | |
9226 | registers | |
9227 | that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook | |
9228 | returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure | |
9229 | that all target registers in the class returned by | |
9230 | @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are | |
9231 | saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and | |
9232 | epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return | |
9233 | true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely | |
9234 | to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} | |
9235 | to reserve space for caller-saved target registers. | |
9236 | @end deftypefn | |
f1b844c6 | 9237 | |
9238 | @defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS | |
894b8fd9 | 9239 | If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression |
f1b844c6 | 9240 | that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications |
9241 | that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer | |
9242 | constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring | |
9243 | more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the | |
9244 | system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines. | |
9245 | The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count. | |
9246 | @end defmac | |
065e625b | 9247 | |
9248 | @deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (int @var{stdinc}) | |
9249 | This target hook should register any extra include files for the | |
9250 | target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files | |
9251 | are present. | |
9252 | @end deftypefn | |
9253 | ||
9254 | @deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path}) | |
9255 | This target hook should register special include paths for the target. | |
9256 | The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin | |
9257 | systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics | |
9258 | that are different from @option{-I}. | |
9259 | @end deftypefn | |
5c0b8490 | 9260 | |
9261 | @deftypefn {Target Hook} bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl}) | |
9262 | This target hook returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias | |
9263 | for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks, | |
9264 | @code{false} otherwise. By default, the hook returns @code{true} for all | |
9265 | functions, if a target supports aliases (ie. defines | |
9266 | @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise, | |
9267 | @end deftypefn |